[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2018012456A1 - User terminal and wireless communications method - Google Patents

User terminal and wireless communications method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018012456A1
WO2018012456A1 PCT/JP2017/025129 JP2017025129W WO2018012456A1 WO 2018012456 A1 WO2018012456 A1 WO 2018012456A1 JP 2017025129 W JP2017025129 W JP 2017025129W WO 2018012456 A1 WO2018012456 A1 WO 2018012456A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
stti
carrier
user terminal
uci
carriers
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/025129
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
一樹 武田
聡 永田
リフェ ワン
リュー リュー
ホイリン ジャン
ナー リ
ヨン リ
ムーゲン ペン
Original Assignee
株式会社Nttドコモ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Nttドコモ filed Critical 株式会社Nttドコモ
Priority to JP2018527595A priority Critical patent/JP7013373B2/en
Priority to CN201780054073.0A priority patent/CN109661847B/en
Publication of WO2018012456A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018012456A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a user terminal and a wireless communication method in a next generation mobile communication system.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • Non-Patent Document 1 LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), FRA (Future Radio Access), 4G, 5G, 5G + (plus), NR ( New RAT) and LTE Rel.14, 15 ⁇ ) are also being considered.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • CC Component Carrier
  • UE User Equipment
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • CG Cell Group
  • CC Carrier
  • Inter-eNB CA inter-base station CA
  • a transmission time interval (TTI: Transmission Time Interval) (also referred to as a subframe) is used, and a downlink (DL: Downlink) and / or Uplink (UL) communication is performed.
  • TTI Transmission Time Interval
  • DL Downlink
  • UL Uplink
  • the 1 ms TTI is a transmission time unit of one channel-encoded data packet, and is a processing unit such as scheduling, link adaptation, and retransmission control (HARQ-ACK: Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge).
  • HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge
  • uplink control information (UCI: Uplink Control Information) is used as the UL shared channel (for example, PUSCH: Physical Uplink Shared Channel) or the UL control channel (for example, Transmit using PUCCH: Physical Uplink Control Channel.
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • TTI length time length different from the 1 ms TTI of the existing LTE system for latency reduction. Supporting (eg, TTI shorter than 1 ms) is being considered.
  • the user terminal communicates using a plurality of carriers (CC, cell) having the same and / or different TTI lengths.
  • CC CC
  • cell a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths.
  • the user terminal is not assumed to communicate using a plurality of carriers having different TTI lengths. Therefore, when the user terminal communicates using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths, if the UCI transmission method in the existing LTE system is applied as it is, there is a possibility that the UCI cannot be appropriately transmitted. is there.
  • This invention is made in view of this point, and provides a user terminal and a radio
  • One aspect of the user terminal of the present invention includes a receiving unit that receives a downlink (DL) shared channel, a transmitting unit that transmits uplink control information (UCI) including retransmission control information of the DL shared channel, and the DL Control for controlling transmission of the UCI based on assignment of UL shared channel in one or more uplink (UL) carriers having the same and / or different time length of transmission time interval (TTI) from DL carrier that receives the shared channel And a portion.
  • DL downlink
  • UCI uplink control information
  • TTI time length of transmission time interval
  • the user terminal when communication is performed using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the UCI.
  • a user terminal performs DL and / or UL communication using a 1 ms TTI.
  • a 1 ms TTI has a time length of 1 ms.
  • the 1 ms TTI is also called a TTI, subframe, normal TTI, long TTI, normal subframe, long subframe, or the like, and is composed of two slots.
  • a cyclic prefix (CP) is added to each symbol in the 1 ms TTI.
  • a 1 ms TTI is configured to include 14 symbols (7 symbols per slot).
  • the 1 ms TTI includes 12 symbols (6 symbols per slot).
  • the time length (symbol length) of each symbol is 66.7 ⁇ s
  • the subcarrier interval is 15 kHz. Note that the symbol length and the subcarrier interval are in a reciprocal relationship with each other.
  • TTI having a time length different from the 1 ms TTI of the existing LTE system.
  • TTI shorter than 1 ms for latency reduction.
  • the TTI shorter than 1 ms is also referred to as a shortened TTI, a short TTI, a shortened subframe, a short subframe, an sTTI, or the like (hereinafter referred to as sTTI).
  • frequency division duplex (also referred to as frame structure (FS) type 1) is considered to support sTTI of 2 symbols and / or sTTI of 1 slot in DL. Has been. Also, in the UL, it is considered to support at least one of 2-symbol sTTI, 4-symbol sTTI, and 1-slot sTTI.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • FS frame structure
  • Time Division Duplex also called FS type 2 etc.
  • LTE Rel. 14 supports 1 slot sTTI in DL and UL
  • the sTTI of one slot may be configured to include 7 or 6 symbols as in the case of one slot of the existing LTE system, or may be configured with a different number of symbols. Further, the symbol length of each symbol may be the same as or different from the existing LTE system. Further, a CP having a predetermined time length may or may not be added to at least one symbol in sTTI. Further, at least one symbol in the sTTI may be shared with other sTTIs.
  • user terminals communicate using a plurality of carriers (CC, cells) having the same and / or different TTI lengths (for example, carrier aggregation (CA) or dual connectivity (DC)). ) Is assumed. For example, it is assumed that the user terminal performs communication using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different number of sTTI symbols (for example, a carrier using 1 slot sTTI and a carrier using 2 symbols sTTI).
  • CC carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • UCI is transmitted using a UL shared channel (hereinafter also referred to as PUSCH) or a UL control channel (hereinafter abbreviated as PUCCH).
  • PUSCH UL shared channel
  • PUCCH UL control channel
  • UCI is retransmission control information (for example, ACK or NACK (Negative ACK) (hereinafter abbreviated as A / N) of DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel, hereinafter also referred to as PDSCH), It includes at least one of HARQ-ACK and the like, channel state information (CSI: Channel State Information), and scheduling request (SR).
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • SR scheduling request
  • the A / N of the PDSCH is transmitted in a TTI after a predetermined time (for example, TTI # n + 4 after 4 ms).
  • a predetermined time for example, TTI # n + 4 after 4 ms.
  • the user terminal transmits A / N using the PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH is not allocated in the TTI (for example, TTI # n + 4) after the predetermined time, the user terminal transmits A / N using the PUCCH.
  • CSI non-periodic CSI transmission request
  • the UCI is transmitted with the carrier having the smallest index number.
  • the user terminal is not assumed to communicate using a plurality of UL carriers having a TTI length different from that of the DL carrier. Therefore, when the user terminal communicates using one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier, the UCI is appropriately transmitted by applying the UCI transmission method in the existing LTE system as it is. There is a fear that you can not.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a plurality of carriers having the same and different TTI lengths.
  • a user terminal uses a UL carrier (UL CC) 1 in which 1 slot (for example, 7 symbols) of sTTI is used, a UL carrier 2 in which 4 symbols of sTTI are used, and a UL in which 2 symbols of sTTI are used.
  • UL communication for example, UL CA
  • UL CA UL communication
  • a plurality of sTTIs may be configured with different symbols, respectively, or include one or more symbols (shared symbols) shared among the plurality of sTTIs. It may be constituted by. For example, in FIG. 1, when sTTI is configured by one slot or two symbols, the plurality of sTTIs are configured by different symbols. On the other hand, when sTTI is composed of 4 symbols, a shared symbol shared between two sTTIs is provided.
  • a PUSCH demodulation reference signal (DMRS: DeModulation Reference Signal) (Shared DMRS) of each of a plurality of sTTIs is arranged.
  • the plurality of sTTI DMRSs may be multiplexed in a shared symbol by cyclic shift (CS) and / or comb-toothed subcarrier arrangement (Comb).
  • CS cyclic shift
  • Comb comb-toothed subcarrier arrangement
  • the first half sTTI DMRS and the second half sTTI DMRS in one slot are multiplexed by CS or Comb.
  • PUSCH is allocated to the user terminal in the first and fourth sTTIs from the left of the UL carrier 1. Moreover, PUSCH is allocated to the user terminal in the first and sixth sTTIs from the left of the UL carrier 2. Moreover, PUSCH is allocated with respect to a user terminal in the 1st and 9th sTTI from the left of UL carriers 3 and 4. Note that the PUSCH assigned to the sTTI is also referred to as sPUSCH in order to distinguish it from the PUSCH assigned to the 1 ms TTI.
  • the sPUSCH for the same user terminal is assigned to each of a plurality of sTTIs having the same and / or different TTI length (sTTI length) at the same time.
  • sTTI length TTI length
  • a plurality of sPUSCHs are allocated to the same user terminal in an overlapping manner.
  • a user terminal when a user terminal communicates using one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different TTI length as a DL carrier, it becomes a problem as to which UL carrier is used to transmit UCI at which timing. . In addition, it becomes a problem at which timing the PUSCH of one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier is allocated.
  • the present inventors have studied a method of transmitting UCI using a UL carrier having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel, and have reached the present invention. Further, the present inventors have studied the timing of PUSCH allocated to a UL carrier having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier that receives the UL grant, and reached the present invention.
  • the user terminal performs carrier aggregation (CA) using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • CG cell group
  • the symbol length is assumed to be the same among a plurality of carriers, but is not limited thereto.
  • the present embodiment can also be applied as appropriate when the user terminal performs communication using a plurality of carriers having different neurology.
  • the neurology is communication parameters in the frequency direction and / or the time direction (for example, subcarrier interval, bandwidth, symbol length, CP length, TTI length, number of symbols per TTI, radio frame configuration, filtering processing) , At least one of windowing processing and the like).
  • a user terminal receives a DL shared channel (hereinafter, also referred to as sPDSCH when distinguished from PDSCH of 1 ms TTI), and retransmission control information (hereinafter referred to as A / A) of the PDSCH. And a transmission unit that transmits UCI including N). Specifically, the user terminal transmits the UCI based on allocation of a UL shared channel (hereinafter referred to as sPUSCH) in one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths from the DL carrier that receives the sPDSCH. Control (first to third aspects).
  • the UCI may include channel state information (CSI) and / or SR in addition to PDSCH A / N.
  • the user terminal includes: a receiving unit that receives a UL grant including CSI transmission request information; and a transmitting unit that transmits a UCI including CSI using a PUSCH assigned by the UL grant. It has. Specifically, the user terminal performs the UCI in the UL TTI after a predetermined period from the TTI (hereinafter referred to as UL TTI) of the UL carrier corresponding to the DL carrier TTI (hereinafter referred to as DL TTI) that receives the UL grant. Is controlled (fourth aspect).
  • the UCI may include PDSCH A / N and / or SR in addition to CSI.
  • the user terminal sets a group (sTTI group) including one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length and one or more DL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths.
  • the UCI transmission is controlled for each sTTI group.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of the sTTI group according to the first aspect. As shown in FIG. 2, each sTTI group includes one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length.
  • the sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1 and 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot.
  • the sTTI group 2 includes UL carriers 3 and 4 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols.
  • the sTTI group 3 includes UL carriers 5 and 6 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols.
  • each sTTI group may include a DL carrier having the same sTTI length as the UL carrier and / or a DL carrier having an sTTI length different from the UL carrier.
  • the configuration information of each sTTI group is set by higher layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling).
  • the configuration information may include at least one of a carrier index included in each sTTI group, a time length, the number of symbols in the sTTI, and the like.
  • the configuration information may be set by at least one of higher layer signaling, system information, and physical layer signaling (L1 / L2 control channel).
  • L1 / L2 control channel When setting the time length of the sTTI group and the number of symbols in the sTTI by physical layer signaling, the time length of the sTTI and the number of symbols in the sTTI are shorter than the control of the RRC signaling (for example, 1 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms, etc.). Can be switched.
  • the user terminal may assume that the time length and the number of symbols in the sTTI are the same among the plurality of UL carriers included in each sTTI group.
  • the user terminal may determine the UL carrier that transmits UCI within the same sTTI group as the DL carrier that receives PDSCH.
  • each sTTI group is configured to include only UL carriers and DL carriers having the same sTTI length (case 1), and is configured to include UL carriers and DL carriers having different sTTI lengths (case 2). And 3) will be described UCI transmission control.
  • Case 1 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having the same TTI length as the UL carrier.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH in a sTTI (feedback sTTI) after a predetermined period (for example, k sTTIs) from the sTTI that has received the sPDSCH.
  • a sTTI feedback sTTI
  • a predetermined period for example, k sTTIs
  • CSI and / or SR may be included in the UCI.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to Case 1 of the first aspect.
  • the sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1 and 2 and a DL carrier 1 each having an sTTI length of 1 slot.
  • the sTTI group 2 includes UL carriers 3 and 4 and DL carriers 2 and 3 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols. That is, in each sTTI group of FIG. 3, the sTTI length of the DL carrier and the UL carrier is the same.
  • each sTTI group of FIG. 3 when sPDSCH is received in sTTI # n, the user terminal uses the UL carrier in the same sTTI group in sTTI # n + k that is the feedback sTTI to calculate the A / N of the sPDSCH.
  • Send the included UCI k is a value determined in consideration of the processing time of the user terminal, for example, 4 ⁇ k ⁇ 8, but is not limited thereto. Note that k may be changed according to the time length.
  • the user terminal uses PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)).
  • PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)
  • the UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier with the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers, and uses the above A / N
  • the UCI including is transmitted.
  • sPUSCH is assigned to both UL carriers 1 and 2.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received in sTTI # n using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the smaller index number among the UL carriers 1 and 2.
  • sPUSCH is assigned only to UL carrier 3.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received by both the DL carriers 2 and 3 in sTTI # n using the sPUSCH of the carrier 3 in sTTI # n + 4.
  • sPUSCH is allocated only to UL carrier 4.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received by both the DL carriers 2 and 3 at sTTI # n + 6 using the sPUSCH of the carrier 4 at sTTI # n + 10.
  • sPUSCH is allocated to both UL carriers 3 and 4.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received by both the DL carriers 2 and 3 in sTTI # n + 11 using the sPUSCH of the carrier 3 having a small index number in sTTI # n + 15.
  • Case 2 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having a TTI length different from the UL carrier. Below, it demonstrates centering on difference with the case 1.
  • FIG. 1 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having a TTI length different from the UL carrier. Below, it demonstrates centering on difference with the case 1.
  • the user terminal within the sTTI group the sTTI (UL sTTI) of the earliest UL carrier starting after a predetermined period (eg, k DL sTTIs) from the sTTI (DL sTTI) that received the sPDSCH (feedback) In sTTI), UCI including A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
  • a predetermined period eg, k DL sTTIs
  • UCI including A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to Case 2 of the first aspect.
  • sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1, 2, and 3 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols, DL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, and 3 is comprised. That is, in sTTI group 1 in FIG. 4, there is no UL carrier having the same sTTI length as DL carrier 1-3.
  • the user terminal uses PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)).
  • PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)
  • the UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier with the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers to The UCI including is transmitted.
  • the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted by the earliest UL sTTI # n + 8.
  • sPUSCH is allocated to the user terminal in both UL carriers 1 and 2. For this reason, in UL sTTI # n + 8, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the smallest index number.
  • the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted by the earliest UL sTTI # n + 3 thereafter.
  • sPUSCH is allocated to user terminals in UL carriers 1, 2 and 3. For this reason, in UL sTTI # n + 3, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the smallest index number.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 with the smallest index number assigned in UL sTTI # n + 8, and uses the sPDSCH A / N received in DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 and DL
  • the UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received in the DL sTTI # n + 10 of the carriers 2 and 3 is transmitted.
  • Case 3 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having the same and different sTTI length from the UL carrier. Below, it demonstrates centering on difference with Case 1,2.
  • the user terminal within the sTTI group for a predetermined period (for example, k pieces of DL sTTI received the sPDSCH)
  • the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted using the earliest UL sTTI (feedback sTTI) starting after (DL sTTI).
  • the user terminal uses PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)).
  • PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)
  • the UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier with the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers, and uses the A / N
  • the UCI including is transmitted.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to Case 3 of the first aspect.
  • sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1 and 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, and DL carriers 2 and 3 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols. Consists of including. That is, in the sTTI group 1 in FIG. 5, there is an UL carrier having the same sTTI length as that of the DL carrier 1, but there is no UL carrier having the same sTTI length as that of the DL carriers 2 and 3.
  • the user terminal receives sPDSCH on DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH in the UL sTTI # n + 4 of the UL carrier 1 after the DL sTTI # n to the DL sTTI # n.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 with the smallest index number to perform the above A / N. Send the included UCI.
  • the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n of DL carriers 2 and 3.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH with the earliest UL sTTI # n + 2 after the DL sTTI # n of the DL carriers 2 and 3 from the DL sTTI # n.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 with the smallest index number assigned in UL sTTI # n + 4, and uses the sPDSCH A / N received in DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 and DL
  • the UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received in the DL sTTI # n + 10 of the carriers 2 and 3 is transmitted.
  • the sTTI group 1 includes a DL carrier having an sTTI length different from the UL carrier as described in the case 2 or 3, and the sTTI group 2 includes an sTTI different from the UL carrier as described in the case 1. It may be configured so as not to include a long DL carrier (that is, only a UL carrier and a DL carrier having the same sTTI length).
  • the user terminal determines the UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N within the same sTTI group as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH. Since each sTTI group includes only the UL carrier having the same sTTI length, the user terminal can easily determine the UL carrier that transmits the UCI based on the PUSCH allocation in the UL carrier.
  • the user terminal sets the UCI among the one or more UL carriers based on the sTTI length (TTI length) of one or more UL carriers to which the sPUSCH is assigned without setting the sTTI group.
  • the UL carrier to be transmitted is determined.
  • the carrier that transmits the UCI from the radio base station is not explicitly indicated, and the user terminal implicitly determines the carrier.
  • the user terminal when a UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH is set in the user terminal, the user terminal can perform a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that has received the sPDSCH. ) Using the subsequent UL sTTI (feedback sTTI), the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
  • a predetermined period for example, k DL sTTIs
  • the user terminal starts after a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that received the sPDSCH.
  • a predetermined period for example, k DL sTTIs
  • the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
  • the user terminal uses the PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)). Is used to transmit the UCI including the A / N.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier having the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers, and uses the above A / N.
  • the UCI including is transmitted.
  • the user terminal determines a UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N based on the sTTI lengths of the plurality of UL carriers. To do.
  • the user terminal may select the UL carrier with the shortest sTTI length, or may select the UL carrier with the longest sTTI length.
  • the user terminal may select the sPUSCH of the UL carrier having the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to the second mode.
  • DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 1 whose sTTI length is 1 slot
  • DL carriers 2 and 3 whose sTTI length is 2 symbols
  • UL carriers 3 and 4 UL whose sTTI length is 4 symbols
  • carrier 2 is set for the user terminal.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3 having a small index number. .
  • the UCI feedback sTTI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is the DL sTTI # of the DL carrier 3
  • the earliest UL sTTI starting after n + 8 + 4 here UL sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 2 and UL sTTI # n + 12 of UL carriers 3 and 4.
  • the user terminal since the sPUSCH is assigned only to sTTI # n + 7 of the UL carrier 2, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2.
  • the user terminal feeds back UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received by DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 and the sPDSCH A / N received by DL sTTI # n + 10 of DL carrier 2.
  • the sTTI is the same, and here, UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 1, sTTI # n + 8 of UL carrier 2, and UL sTTI # n + 14 of UL carriers 3 and 4.
  • sPUSCH is allocated to all of these, and the user terminal performs the above A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3 with the smallest index number among the UL carriers 3 and 4 with the shortest sTTI length. Send the included UCI.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating another example of UCI transmission control according to the second mode. 7 is the same as FIG. 6 except that, when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers having different sTTI lengths, the UL carrier having the longest sTTI length is selected instead of the UL carrier having the shortest sTTI length. It is.
  • sPUSCH is assigned to all UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 1, UL sTTI # n + 8 of UL carrier 2, UL sTTI # n + 14 of UL carriers 3 and 4, as in FIG.
  • the user terminal selects the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the longest sTTI length, and uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 to use the sPDSCH A / N and the DL carrier 2 received by the sTTI # n of the DL carrier 1.
  • the UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received at sTTI # n + 10 is transmitted.
  • the UL carrier that transmits the UCI is determined based on the sTTI length of one or more UL carriers to which the sPUSCH is allocated. For this reason, even if the sTTI group is not set, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the UCI.
  • the feedback sTTI when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers having different sTTI lengths, when UCI is fed back using the UL carrier having the shortest sTTI length, the delay time and / or processing time is shortened, and the user perceived speed Can improve.
  • the UCI is fed back using the UL carrier having the longest sTTI length, the amount and energy of radio resources that can be used for UCI transmission can be increased, so that the reliability and quality of UCI feedback can be improved.
  • the user terminal determines the UL carrier that transmits the UCI among the one or more UL carriers to which the sPUSCH is allocated, based on the instruction information included in the UL grant, without setting the sTTI group. To do.
  • the third aspect will be described focusing on the differences from the second aspect.
  • the user terminal when a UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH is set in the user terminal, the user terminal can perform a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that has received the sPDSCH. ) Using the subsequent UL sTTI (feedback sTTI), the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
  • a predetermined period for example, k DL sTTIs
  • the user terminal starts after a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that received the sPDSCH.
  • a predetermined period for example, k DL sTTIs
  • the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
  • the user terminal controls the transmission of the UCI including the A / N based on the instruction information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH of the feedback sTTI is allocated.
  • the instruction information included in the UL grant may be 1-bit information indicating transmission or non-transmission (instruction example 1 described later), or 1 bit indicating the index of the UL carrier transmitting the UCI.
  • the above information (for example, 3 bits) may be used (instruction example 2 described later).
  • ⁇ Minimum timing of sPUSCH> when a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths are used, how to define the minimum timing of PUSCH scheduled by the UL grant becomes a problem.
  • the minimum timing of sPUSCH will be described.
  • the minimum timing of the sPUSCH is applicable not only to the third mode but also to the sPUSCH allocated in the first, second, and fourth modes.
  • the minimum timing of the sPUSCH is a predetermined period from the DL sTTI that has received the UL grant (for example, k UL sTTI).
  • the minimum timing of the sPUSCH is predetermined from the UL TTI corresponding to the DL sTTI that received the UL grant.
  • UL sTTI after a period (eg, k UL sTTIs).
  • the “corresponding UL sTTI” to the DL sTTI that received the UL grant is, for example, a UL sTTI that temporally includes the DL sTTI.
  • k is a value determined in consideration of the processing time of the user terminal. For example, 4 ⁇ k ⁇ 8, but is not limited thereto. Note that k may be changed according to the time length.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the minimum timing of the sPUSCH according to the third aspect.
  • DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols are transmitted to a user terminal. Shall be set.
  • DL grant 1 transmits UL grant that schedules sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 and DL carrier 2 transmits UL grant that schedules sPUSCH of UL carrier 2.
  • the sTTI lengths of the DL carrier 2 that receives the UL grant and the UL carrier 2 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are different. Therefore, when the user terminal receives the UL grant in the DL sTTI # n of the DL carrier 2, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is the UL sTTI of the UL carrier 2 corresponding to the DL sTTI # n. It is UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4UL sTTI from #n.
  • the minimum timing of the sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is UL carrier 2 corresponding to the DL sTTI # n + 9. From UL sTTI # n + 4 to UL sTTI # n + 8 after 4UL sTTI.
  • UL grant instruction information used for UCI transmission control in the feedback sTTI is 1-bit information indicating transmission or non-transmission. For example, when the instruction information is “1”, it indicates transmission, and when it is “0”, it indicates non-transmission.
  • the user terminal when the sPUSCH is not allocated to any UL carrier set in the user terminal, the user terminal is notified of the PUCCH (the PUCCH allocated to the 1 ms TTI, Alternatively, the UCI including the A / N is transmitted using PUCCH (sPUCCH) allocated to sTTI.
  • PUCCH PUCCH
  • the user terminal controls the transmission of the UCI including the A / N based on the instruction information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH is assigned. For example, when the instruction information is “1”, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH, and when the instruction information is “0”, the user terminal does not transmit the UCI using the sPUSCH.
  • the UCI including the A / N is based on the most recently received instruction information in the UL grant among the plurality of UL grants to which the sPUSCH is assigned.
  • Control transmission For example, when there is only one latest UL grant whose instruction information is “1”, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH allocated by the UL grant. When there are a plurality of the latest UL grants whose instruction information is “1”, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH having the smallest index number. As a result, it is possible to limit the number of UL carriers that transmit UCI to one. Therefore, when transmission power is insufficient, control for preferentially allocating transmission power to UL carriers including UCI is easily performed. Can do.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to the instruction example 1 of the third mode.
  • DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 1 slot
  • DL carriers 2, 3 and 4 sTTI length being 2 symbols
  • UL carrier 4 UL having an sTTI length of 4 symbols
  • carriers 2 and 3 are set for the user terminal.
  • the sTTI length of DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 1 is the same.
  • the UL sPUSCH of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 is assigned sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 sTTI from the DL sTTI # n.
  • the DL carrier 4 and the UL carrier 4 have the same sTTI length. For this reason, the UL sPTI of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 4 is assigned to sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 sTTI. Similarly, UL sPUTI of 4 sTTI after DL sTTI # n + 10 of DL carrier 4 is allocated.
  • the UL grant of DL sTTI # n of DL carriers 2 and 3 is assigned sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after UL sTTI # n of UL carriers 2 and 3 corresponding to DL sTTI # n.
  • UL sTTI # n + 7 of UL sTTI # n + 7 corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 7 is assigned UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 2 corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 7, and sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 8 after UL sTTI is allocated.
  • UL sPUTI of DL sTTI # n + 8 of DL carrier 3 is assigned sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 8 after UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 3 corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 8 respectively.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 2 and 3, and the plurality of sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 2 and 3 are assigned by the latest UL grant.
  • the UL grant instruction information to which the plurality of sPUSCHs are assigned is “1”. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2 having a small index number.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to all the UL carriers 1-4, and the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3 is assigned by the latest UL grant.
  • the latest UL grant instruction information is “1”. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3.
  • the UCI When there are a plurality of the latest UL grants whose instruction information is “1”, the UCI may be copied to all sPUSCHs assigned by these UL grants and transmitted. Thereby, since UCI can be transmitted with a plurality of UL carriers, a diversity effect can be obtained and the reliability of UCI can be improved. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 2 and 3, and the plurality of sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 2 and 3 are assigned by the latest UL grant.
  • the UL grant instruction information to which the plurality of sPUSCHs are assigned is “1”. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2 and the UL carrier 3.
  • the UL grant instruction information used for UCI transmission control in the feedback sTTI is information of 1 bit or more (for example, 3 bits) indicating the index of the UL carrier transmitting the UCI.
  • the instruction information is 3 bits, each bit value may indicate the index number of the UL carrier.
  • the user terminal when the sPUSCH is not allocated to any UL carrier set in the user terminal, the user terminal is notified of the PUCCH (the PUCCH allocated to the 1 ms TTI, Alternatively, the UCI including the A / N is transmitted using PUCCH (sPUCCH) allocated to sTTI.
  • PUCCH PUCCH
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH to indicate the UCI when the indication information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH is assigned indicates the index number of the UL carrier. Send.
  • the UCI including the A / N is based on the most recently received instruction information in the UL grant among the plurality of UL grants to which the sPUSCH is assigned. Control transmission. For example, there is only one latest UL grant, and the UCI is transmitted using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier indicated by the instruction information in the UL grant.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier indicated by the value.
  • the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH having the smallest index number.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to the instruction example 2 of the third mode.
  • DL carrier 0 and UL carrier 0 having an sTTI length of 1 slot
  • DL carriers 1 and 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols
  • UL carrier 4 and an UL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols And 2 are set for the user terminal.
  • the sTTI length of DL carrier 0 and UL carrier 0 is the same. For this reason, the UL grant of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 0 allocates the sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 sTTI from the DL sTTI # n.
  • the sTTI lengths of the DL carrier 3 and the UL carrier 3 are the same. For this reason, the UL sTTI # n + 4 sPUSCH after 4 sTTI is allocated by the DL sTTI # n UL grant of the DL carrier 3.
  • the sTTI lengths of DL carriers 1 and 2 and UL carriers 1 and 2 are different.
  • the UL grant of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 assigns sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after UL sTTI # n of UL carrier 1 corresponding to DL sTTI # n to 4UL sTTI.
  • DL sTTI # n + 1 UL grant of DL carrier 2 assigns UL sTTI # n + 4 sPUSCH after UL sTTI # n corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 1 to UL sTTI # n of UL carrier 2.
  • sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 7 is allocated by the DL grant of DL sTTI # n + 5 of DL carriers 1 and 2.
  • UL sTTI # n + 8 sPUSCH is assigned by DL sTTI # n + 7 UL grant of DL carriers 1 and 2.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 1 and 2, and the nearest UL grant to which the sPUSCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 1 UL grant of the UL carrier 2. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2 with the index number 2 indicated by the latest UL grant instruction information “010”.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 1 and 2
  • the nearest UL grant to which the sPSUCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 5 UL grant of the carriers 1 and 2.
  • the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having a small index number, The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 0, 1 and 2
  • the most recent UL grant to which the sPSUCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 7 UL grant of the carriers 1 and 2.
  • the user terminal Since the UL grants to which the sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 1 and 2 are assigned include the instruction information having the same value “001”, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the index number indicated by the “001”. Then, the UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
  • UCI may be copied to all sPUSCHs assigned by these UL grants and transmitted.
  • the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 1 and 2
  • the nearest UL grant to which the sPSUCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 5 UL grant of the carriers 1 and 2. Since the UL grants to which the sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 1 and 2 are assigned include different instruction information “010” and “001”, the user terminal uses the sPUSCHs of the UL carrier 1 and the UL carrier 2, The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
  • the UL carrier that transmits the UCI is determined based on the instruction information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH is allocated. For this reason, even if the sTTI group is not set, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the UCI.
  • UCI transmission control including aperiodic CSI will be described.
  • the UCI may be composed of CSI alone, or may include A / N and / or SR in addition to CSI.
  • the fourth aspect can be combined with any of the first to third aspects, and will be described focusing on the differences from the first to third aspects.
  • the user terminal receives the UL grant including the CSI transmission request information.
  • the user terminal controls transmission of CSI (hereinafter referred to as aperiodic CSI) using PUSCH assigned by the UL grant in a UL TTI after a predetermined number of UL sTTI corresponding to the DL sTTI that receives the UL grant.
  • aperiodic CSI transmission of CSI
  • the minimum timing of the sPUSCH including the aperiodic CSI is determined from the DL sTTI that received the UL grant.
  • UL sTTI after a predetermined period (for example, k sTTIs).
  • the minimum timing of the sPUSCH including the aperiodic CSI is the DL sTTI that received the UL grant.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period (for example, k UL sTTIs) from the corresponding UL sTTI.
  • the UL sTTI corresponding to the DL sTTI that received the UL grant is, for example, the UL sTTI that temporally includes the DL sTTI.
  • k is a value determined in consideration of the processing time of the user terminal. For example, 4 ⁇ k ⁇ 8, but is not limited thereto. Note that k may be changed according to the time length.
  • the CSI transmission request information is information requesting transmission of aperiodic CSI, and may be, for example, Aperiodic (A) -CS trigger, the value of the CSI request field, or the like.
  • the CSI request field value in the UL grant indicates which aperiodic CSI is not transmitted or which CSI process is requested to transmit the aperiodic CSI.
  • the CSI process corresponds to a DL carrier (cell, CC).
  • the user terminal has the capability X of the user terminal, and the number of CSI processes X (0) for updating the CSI information according to at least one of the timings (scheduling timings) at which the UL grant including the non-periodic CSI transmission request schedules the sPUSCH.
  • ⁇ X ⁇ M) may be determined.
  • M represents the maximum number of CSI processes that the terminal can update at a time
  • X represents the number of CSI processes that the terminal can update at a time under a predetermined condition.
  • the updatable CSI process number X may be zero.
  • the CSI process number X may be equal to the maximum number M of CSI processes.
  • X satisfying 0 ⁇ X ⁇ M may be determined based on a time length from UL grant reception including the transmission request of the non-periodic CSI to sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of aperiodic CSI transmission control according to the fourth aspect.
  • DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols are transmitted to a user terminal. Shall be set.
  • the sTTI length of the DL carrier 1 that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field value “10” and the UL carrier 1 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are the same.
  • the CSI request field value “10” requests transmission of the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to the DL carriers 1 and 2.
  • the user terminal transmits the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to DL carriers 1 and 2 in UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 UL sTTI of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1.
  • the sTTI lengths of the DL carrier 2 that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field “01” and the UL carrier 2 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are different.
  • the CSI request field value “01” requests transmission of the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to the DL carrier 2. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to the DL carrier 2 in the UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 UL sTTI from the UL sTTI # n corresponding to the DL sTTI # n of the DL carrier 2.
  • the user terminal can appropriately transmit the aperiodic CSI.
  • the user terminal may signal information on the sTTI length supported by the user terminal (sTTI length support information) to the radio base station.
  • sTTI length support information may indicate at least one of the sTTI length supported by the user terminal and whether to support different TTI lengths in DL and UL.
  • the radio base station may set information on the sTTI length (sTTI length setting information) in the user terminal.
  • the sTTI length setting information includes the sTTI length that can be used by the user terminal, whether to support different TTI lengths in DL and UL, whether to set sTTI groups, and the configuration of each sTTI group At least one of the information may be indicated.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating an example of signaling according to the fifth aspect.
  • the signaling shown in FIG. 12 includes upper layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling), system information (for example, MIB (Master Information Block), SIB (System Information Block)), L1 / L2 control channel (for example, PDCCH and // EPDCCH) may be used.
  • RRC signaling for example, RRC signaling
  • system information for example, MIB (Master Information Block), SIB (System Information Block)
  • L1 / L2 control channel for example, PDCCH and // EPDCCH
  • the user terminal As sTTI support information, (1) sTTI length supported by the user terminal (here, 2 and 7 symbols for DL carrier, 2, 3 or 4 symbols for UL carrier, 7 symbols) ) And (2) that different sTTI lengths are not supported for the DL carrier and the UL carrier.
  • FIG. 12B is different from FIG. 12A in that (2) it is notified that DL carriers and UL carriers support different sTTI lengths.
  • the radio base station gives the user terminal a predetermined sTTI length (here, 2 and 7 symbols for the DL carrier, 2 and 7 symbols for the UL carrier), ( 2) Notifying the user terminal of the sTTI group including the sTTI group (first mode).
  • the radio base station includes an sTTI group 1 configured with an UL carrier and a DL carrier with 2 symbols of sTTI length, and an sTTI group 2 configured with an UL carrier and a DL carrier with sTTI length of 7 symbols. May be set (Case 1 of the first mode).
  • the radio base station provides (1) a predetermined sTTI length (in this case, 2 and 7 symbols for the DL carrier, 3 or 4 symbols and 7 symbols for the UL carrier) as the sTTI setting information. ) And (2) Do not set sTTI group (first mode), or (3) Notify sTTI group including sTTI group with sTTI length different from UL carrier (cases 1 and 2 of the first mode) ).
  • a predetermined sTTI length in this case, 2 and 7 symbols for the DL carrier, 3 or 4 symbols and 7 symbols for the UL carrier.
  • the radio base station includes an sTTI group 1 (case 2 of the first mode) configured by an UL carrier having an sTTI length of 2 symbols and a DL carrier having an sTTI length of 3 or 4 symbols, You may set sTTI group 2 (case 1 of a 1st aspect) comprised by the UL carrier and DL carrier of the sTTI length of a symbol.
  • wireless communication system Wireless communication system
  • the radio communication method according to each of the above aspects is applied.
  • wireless communication method which concerns on each said aspect may be applied independently, respectively, and may be applied in combination.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of the wireless communication system according to the present embodiment.
  • carrier aggregation (CA) and / or dual connectivity (DC) in which a plurality of basic frequency blocks (component carriers) each having a system bandwidth (for example, 20 MHz) of the LTE system as one unit are applied. can do.
  • the wireless communication system 1 is called SUPER 3G, LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), IMT-Advanced, 4G, 5G, FRA (Future Radio Access), NR (New Radio Access Technology), etc. Also good.
  • a radio communication system 1 shown in FIG. 13 includes a radio base station 11 that forms a macro cell C1, and radio base stations 12a to 12c that are arranged in the macro cell C1 and form a small cell C2 that is narrower than the macro cell C1. .
  • the user terminal 20 is arrange
  • the user terminal 20 can be connected to both the radio base station 11 and the radio base station 12. It is assumed that the user terminal 20 uses the macro cell C1 and the small cell C2 that use different frequencies simultaneously by CA or DC. In addition, the user terminal 20 can apply CA or DC using a plurality of cells (CC) (for example, two or more CCs). Further, the user terminal can use the license band CC and the unlicensed band CC as a plurality of cells.
  • CC cells
  • the user terminal 20 can perform communication using time division duplex (TDD) or frequency division duplex (FDD) in each cell.
  • TDD time division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • the TDD cell and the FDD cell may be referred to as a TDD carrier (frame configuration type 2), an FDD carrier (frame configuration type 1), and the like, respectively.
  • each cell (carrier) a single neurology may be applied, or a plurality of different neurology may be applied.
  • Communication between the user terminal 20 and the radio base station 11 can be performed using a carrier having a relatively low frequency band (for example, 2 GHz) and a narrow bandwidth (referred to as an existing carrier or a legacy carrier).
  • a carrier having a wide bandwidth in a relatively high frequency band for example, 3.5 GHz, 5 GHz, 30 to 70 GHz, etc.
  • the same carrier as that between the base station 11 and the base station 11 may be used.
  • the configuration of the frequency band used by each radio base station is not limited to this.
  • a wired connection for example, an optical fiber compliant with CPRI (Common Public Radio Interface), an X2 interface, etc.
  • a wireless connection It can be set as the structure to do.
  • the radio base station 11 and each radio base station 12 are connected to the higher station apparatus 30 and connected to the core network 40 via the higher station apparatus 30.
  • the upper station device 30 includes, for example, an access gateway device, a radio network controller (RNC), a mobility management entity (MME), and the like, but is not limited thereto.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • MME mobility management entity
  • Each radio base station 12 may be connected to the higher station apparatus 30 via the radio base station 11.
  • the radio base station 11 is a radio base station having a relatively wide coverage, and may be called a macro base station, an aggregation node, an eNB (eNodeB), a transmission / reception point, or the like.
  • the radio base station 12 is a radio base station having local coverage, and includes a small base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a femto base station, a HeNB (Home eNodeB), an RRH (Remote Radio Head), and transmission / reception. It may be called a point.
  • the radio base stations 11 and 12 are not distinguished, they are collectively referred to as a radio base station 10.
  • Each user terminal 20 is a terminal compatible with various communication methods such as LTE and LTE-A, and may include not only a mobile communication terminal but also a fixed communication terminal. Further, the user terminal 20 can perform inter-terminal communication (D2D) with other user terminals 20.
  • D2D inter-terminal communication
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier-frequency division multiple access
  • OFDMA is a multi-carrier transmission scheme that performs communication by dividing a frequency band into a plurality of narrow frequency bands (subcarriers) and mapping data to each subcarrier.
  • SC-FDMA is a single-carrier transmission scheme that reduces interference between terminals by dividing the system bandwidth into bands consisting of one or continuous resource blocks for each terminal and using a plurality of terminals with mutually different bands. is there.
  • the uplink and downlink radio access schemes are not limited to these combinations, and OFDMA may be used in the UL.
  • a DL shared channel (PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel, also referred to as DL data channel) shared by each user terminal 20, a broadcast channel (PBCH: Physical Broadcast Channel), L1 / L2 A control channel or the like is used.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • SIB System Information Block
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • L1 / L2 control channels include DL control channels (PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), EPDCCH (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel)), PCFICH (Physical Control Format Indicator Channel), PHICH (Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel), etc. .
  • Downlink control information (DCI: Downlink Control Information) including scheduling information of PDSCH and PUSCH is transmitted by PDCCH.
  • the number of OFDM symbols used for PDCCH is transmitted by PCFICH.
  • the EPDCCH is frequency-division multiplexed with the PDSCH, and is used for transmission of DCI and the like as with the PDCCH.
  • HARQ retransmission indication information (ACK / NACK) for PUSCH can be transmitted by at least one of PHICH, PDCCH, and EPDCCH.
  • a UL shared channel (PUSCH: Physical Uplink Shared Channel, also referred to as a UL data channel) shared by each user terminal 20, a UL control channel (PUCCH: Physical Uplink Control Channel), random An access channel (PRACH: Physical Random Access Channel) or the like is used.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • User data and higher layer control information are transmitted by the PUSCH.
  • Uplink control information (UCI) including at least one of retransmission control information (A / N), channel state information (CSI), and the like of a DL signal is transmitted by PUSCH or PUCCH.
  • the PRACH can transmit a random access preamble for establishing a connection with a cell.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an example of the overall configuration of the radio base station according to the present embodiment.
  • the radio base station 10 includes a plurality of transmission / reception antennas 101, an amplifier unit 102, a transmission / reception unit 103, a baseband signal processing unit 104, a call processing unit 105, and a transmission path interface 106. Note that each of the transmission / reception antenna 101, the amplifier unit 102, and the transmission / reception unit 103 may be configured to include one or more.
  • User data transmitted from the radio base station 10 to the user terminal 20 via the downlink is input from the higher station apparatus 30 to the baseband signal processing unit 104 via the transmission path interface 106.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC Medium Access
  • Retransmission control for example, HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) transmission processing
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest
  • the downlink control signal is also subjected to transmission processing such as channel coding and inverse fast Fourier transform, and is transferred to the transmission / reception unit 103.
  • the transmission / reception unit 103 converts the baseband signal output by precoding for each antenna from the baseband signal processing unit 104 to a radio frequency band and transmits the converted signal.
  • the radio frequency signal frequency-converted by the transmission / reception unit 103 is amplified by the amplifier unit 102 and transmitted from the transmission / reception antenna 101.
  • the transmitter / receiver, the transmission / reception circuit, or the transmission / reception device can be configured based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the transmission / reception part 103 may be comprised as an integral transmission / reception part, and may be comprised from a transmission part and a receiving part.
  • the radio frequency signal received by the transmission / reception antenna 101 is amplified by the amplifier unit 102.
  • the transmission / reception unit 103 receives the UL signal amplified by the amplifier unit 102.
  • the transmission / reception unit 103 converts the frequency of the received signal into a baseband signal and outputs it to the baseband signal processing unit 104.
  • the baseband signal processing unit 104 performs Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing, Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) processing, error correction on UL data included in the input UL signal. Decoding, MAC retransmission control reception processing, RLC layer and PDCP layer reception processing are performed and transferred to the upper station apparatus 30 via the transmission path interface 106.
  • the call processing unit 105 performs call processing such as communication channel setting and release, state management of the radio base station 10, and radio resource management.
  • the transmission path interface 106 transmits and receives signals to and from the higher station apparatus 30 via a predetermined interface.
  • the transmission path interface 106 transmits and receives (backhaul signaling) signals to and from the adjacent radio base station 10 via an interface between base stations (for example, an optical fiber compliant with CPRI (Common Public Radio Interface), X2 interface). Also good.
  • CPRI Common Public Radio Interface
  • X2 interface also good.
  • the transmission / reception unit 103 transmits a DL signal (including at least one of a DL data signal, a DL control signal, and a DL reference signal) to the plurality of user terminals 20 having different nuemologies, and the plurality of user terminals 20 receives a UL signal (including at least one of a UL data signal, a UL control signal, and a UL reference signal).
  • a DL signal including at least one of a DL data signal, a DL control signal, and a DL reference signal
  • a UL signal including at least one of a UL data signal, a UL control signal, and a UL reference signal.
  • the transmission / reception unit 103 receives the UCI from the user terminal 20 using the UL shared channel (for example, PUSCH) or the UL control channel (for example, PUCCH).
  • the UCI includes at least one of A / N, CSI, and SR of a DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH, sPDSCH for sTTI).
  • the transmission / reception unit 103 may receive the sTTI support information from the user terminal 20 (fifth aspect). Moreover, the transmission / reception part 103 may transmit sTTI setting information with respect to the user terminal 20 (5th aspect).
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of the radio base station according to the present embodiment. Note that FIG. 15 mainly shows functional blocks of characteristic portions in the present embodiment, and the wireless base station 10 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. As illustrated in FIG. 15, the baseband signal processing unit 104 includes a control unit 301, a transmission signal generation unit 302, a mapping unit 303, a reception signal processing unit 304, and a measurement unit 305.
  • the control unit 301 controls the entire radio base station 10.
  • the control unit 301 includes, for example, DL signal generation by the transmission signal generation unit 302, DL signal mapping by the mapping unit 303, UL signal reception processing (for example, demodulation) by the reception signal processing unit 304, and measurement unit 305. Control the measurement.
  • control unit 301 schedules the user terminal 20.
  • the control unit 301 may perform scheduling of a plurality of carriers (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having different sTTI lengths.
  • the control unit 301 may perform scheduling of a carrier (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having a TTI length of 1 ms.
  • control unit 301 may set a plurality of carriers (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having the same and / or different sTTI length for the user terminal 20.
  • the plurality of carriers may be set using at least one of higher layer signaling, system information, and L1 / L2 control channel.
  • control unit 301 may determine sTTI (feedback sTTI) for receiving UCI including A / N of the DL shared channel. Specifically, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that transmits the DL shared channel and the UL carrier that receives the UL shared channel are the same, the control unit 301 transmits the DL shared channel as feedback sTTI.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period may be determined (first to third modes).
  • the control unit 301 transmits the DL shared channel as the feedback sTTI (first TTI).
  • the UL sTTI (second TTI) of the earliest UL carrier after a predetermined period (first to third modes).
  • control unit 301 determines the UCI including the A / N of the DL shared channel based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI length as the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel. May be controlled. Specifically, the control unit 301 may control reception of the UCI including the A / N based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in the feedback sTTI.
  • control unit 301 sets an sTTI group including one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length and one or more DL carriers that are the same and / or different from the UL carrier, and transmits the DL shared channel.
  • the UL carrier that receives the UCI including the A / N may be determined within the same group as the DL carrier (first mode).
  • control unit 301 may determine the UL carrier that receives the UCI including the A / N based on the sTTI length of one or more UL carriers to which the UL shared channel is allocated (second mode). Moreover, the control part 301 may determine the UL carrier which receives UCI containing said A / N based on the instruction information contained in UL grant which allocates a UL shared channel (3rd aspect).
  • the control unit 301 performs a predetermined period from the DL sTTI that transmits the UL grant.
  • the UL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for receiving the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
  • the control unit 301 transmits the UL grant.
  • DL sTTI third TTI
  • the UL sTTI (fifth TTI) after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI (fourth sTTI) corresponding to may be determined as the sTTI for receiving the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
  • control unit 301 may perform retransmission control of the DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH) based on A / N from the user terminal 20.
  • DL shared channel for example, PDSCH
  • control unit 301 may control aperiodic CSI reporting. Specifically, the control unit 301 determines the CSI request field value, and controls to generate and transmit the UL grant including the CSI request field value.
  • the control unit 301 transmits the UL grant.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the DL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI that receives the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
  • the control unit 301 transmits the UL grant.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI corresponding to sTTI may be determined as the sTTI that receives the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
  • the control unit 301 can be configured by a controller, a control circuit, or a control device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the transmission signal generation unit 302 generates a DL signal (including DL data, scheduling information, and sTTI setting information) based on an instruction from the control unit 301, and outputs the DL signal to the mapping unit 303.
  • the transmission signal generation unit 302 can be a signal generator, a signal generation circuit, or a signal generation device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the mapping unit 303 maps the DL signal generated by the transmission signal generation unit 302 to a predetermined radio resource based on an instruction from the control unit 301, and outputs the DL signal to the transmission / reception unit 103.
  • the mapping unit 303 can be a mapper, a mapping circuit, or a mapping device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the reception signal processing unit 304 performs reception processing (for example, demapping, demodulation, decoding, etc.) on the UL signal (for example, UL data signal, UL control signal, UCI, sTTI support information, etc.) transmitted from the user terminal 20. )I do. Specifically, the reception signal processing unit 304 performs UL signal reception processing based on the neurology set in the user terminal 20. The reception signal processing unit 304 may output a reception signal or a signal after reception processing to the measurement unit 305. Reception signal processing section 304 performs reception processing on the A / N of the DL signal and outputs ACK or NACK to control section 301.
  • reception processing for example, demapping, demodulation, decoding, etc.
  • the measurement unit 305 performs measurement on the received signal.
  • the measurement part 305 can be comprised from the measuring device, measurement circuit, or measurement apparatus demonstrated based on common recognition in the technical field which concerns on this invention.
  • the measurement unit 305 measures the UL channel quality based on, for example, the reception power (for example, RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power)) and / or the reception quality (for example, RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality)) of the UL reference signal. May be.
  • the measurement result may be output to the control unit 301.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of the overall configuration of the user terminal according to the present embodiment.
  • the user terminal 20 includes a plurality of transmission / reception antennas 201 for MIMO transmission, an amplifier unit 202, a transmission / reception unit 203, a baseband signal processing unit 204, and an application unit 205.
  • the radio frequency signals received by the plurality of transmission / reception antennas 201 are each amplified by the amplifier unit 202.
  • Each transmitting / receiving unit 203 receives the DL signal amplified by the amplifier unit 202.
  • the transmission / reception unit 203 converts the frequency of the received signal into a baseband signal and outputs it to the baseband signal processing unit 204.
  • the baseband signal processing unit 204 performs FFT processing, error correction decoding, retransmission control reception processing, and the like on the input baseband signal.
  • the DL data is transferred to the application unit 205.
  • the application unit 205 performs processing related to layers higher than the physical layer and the MAC layer. Broadcast information is also transferred to the application unit 205.
  • UL data is input from the application unit 205 to the baseband signal processing unit 204.
  • the baseband signal processing unit 204 performs retransmission control transmission processing (for example, HARQ transmission processing), channel coding, rate matching, puncturing, discrete Fourier transform (DFT) processing, IFFT processing, and the like. Are transferred to each transmitting / receiving unit 203.
  • UCI for example, DL retransmission control information, channel state information, and the like
  • UCI is also subjected to channel coding, rate matching, puncturing, DFT processing, IFFT processing, and the like, and is transferred to each transmission / reception section 203.
  • the transmission / reception unit 203 converts the baseband signal output from the baseband signal processing unit 204 into a radio frequency band and transmits it.
  • the radio frequency signal frequency-converted by the transmission / reception unit 203 is amplified by the amplifier unit 202 and transmitted from the transmission / reception antenna 201.
  • the transmission / reception unit 203 receives a DL signal (including a DL data signal, a DL control signal, and a DL reference signal) of the neurology set in the user terminal 20 and receives the UL signal (UL data signal) of the neurology. , UL control signal and UL reference signal).
  • a DL signal including a DL data signal, a DL control signal, and a DL reference signal
  • the UL signal (UL data signal) of the neurology. , UL control signal and UL reference signal).
  • the transmission / reception unit 203 transmits UCI to the radio base station 10 using a UL shared channel (for example, PUSCH) or a UL control channel (for example, PUCCH).
  • the UCI includes at least one of A / N, CSI, and SR of a DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH, sPDSCH for sTTI).
  • the transmission / reception unit 203 may transmit sTTI support information to the radio base station 10 (fifth aspect). Further, the transmission / reception unit 203 may receive sTTI setting information from the radio base station 10 (fifth aspect).
  • the transmission / reception unit 203 can be a transmitter / receiver, a transmission / reception circuit, or a transmission / reception device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention. Further, the transmission / reception unit 203 may be configured as an integral transmission / reception unit, or may be configured from a transmission unit and a reception unit.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of the user terminal according to the present embodiment. Note that FIG. 17 mainly shows functional blocks of characteristic portions in the present embodiment, and the user terminal 20 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. As illustrated in FIG. 17, the baseband signal processing unit 204 included in the user terminal 20 includes a control unit 401, a transmission signal generation unit 402, a mapping unit 403, a reception signal processing unit 404, and a measurement unit 405. I have.
  • the control unit 401 controls the entire user terminal 20. For example, the control unit 401 controls generation of the UL signal by the transmission signal generation unit 402, mapping of the UL signal by the mapping unit 403, reception processing of the DL signal by the reception signal processing unit 404, and measurement by the measurement unit 405.
  • control unit 401 may set a plurality of carriers (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having the same and / or different sTTI length for the user terminal 20.
  • the plurality of carriers may be set using at least one of higher layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling), system information, and L1 / L2 control channel from the radio base station 10.
  • control unit 401 may determine sTTI (feedback sTTI) for transmitting UCI including A / N of the DL shared channel. Specifically, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel and the UL carrier that transmits the UL shared channel are the same, the control unit 401 receives the DL shared channel as a feedback sTTI.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period may be determined (first to third modes).
  • the control unit 401 uses the DL sTTI (first TTI) that receives the DL shared channel as a feedback sTTI. ) To determine the UL sTTI (second TTI) of the earliest UL carrier after a predetermined period (first to third modes).
  • control unit 401 based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI length from the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel, includes the UCI including the A / N of the DL shared channel. May be controlled. Specifically, the control unit 401 may control the transmission of the UCI including the A / N based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in the feedback sTTI.
  • control unit 401 sets an sTTI group including one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length and one or more DL carriers that are the same and / or different from the UL carrier, and receives the DL shared channel.
  • the UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N may be determined within the same group as the DL carrier (first mode).
  • control unit 401 may determine the UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N based on the sTTI length of one or more UL carriers to which the UL shared channel is allocated (second mode). Moreover, the control part 401 may determine the UL carrier which transmits UCI containing the said A / N based on the instruction information contained in UL grant which allocates a UL shared channel (3rd aspect).
  • the control unit 401 performs a predetermined period after the DL sTTI that receives the UL grant.
  • the UL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
  • the control unit 401 receives the UL grant.
  • DL sTTI third TTI
  • the UL sTTI (fifth TTI) after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI (fourth sTTI) corresponding to may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
  • control unit 401 may control aperiodic CSI reporting. Specifically, when receiving a UL grant including a CSI request field value, the control unit 401 controls to generate and transmit a UCI including an aperiodic CSI based on the CSI request field value.
  • the control unit 401 receives the UL grant when the DL carrier that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field value and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated by the UL grant have the same sTTI length.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the DL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
  • the control unit 301 receives the UL grant.
  • the UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI corresponding to sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
  • the control unit 401 can be configured by a controller, a control circuit, or a control device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the transmission signal generation unit 402 generates a UL signal (including UL data signal, UL control signal, UL reference signal, UCI, sTTI support information) based on an instruction from the control unit 401 (for example, encoding, rate matching) , Puncture, modulation, etc.) and output to the mapping unit 403.
  • the transmission signal generation unit 402 may be a signal generator, a signal generation circuit, or a signal generation device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the mapping unit 403 maps the UL signal generated by the transmission signal generation unit 402 to a radio resource based on an instruction from the control unit 401, and outputs it to the transmission / reception unit 203.
  • the mapping unit 403 may be a mapper, a mapping circuit, or a mapping device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • the reception signal processing unit 404 performs reception processing (for example, demapping, demodulation, decoding, etc.) on the DL signal (DL data signal, scheduling information, DL control signal, DL reference signal, sTTI setting information).
  • the reception signal processing unit 404 outputs information received from the radio base station 10 to the control unit 401.
  • the reception signal processing unit 404 outputs, for example, broadcast information, system information, higher layer control information by higher layer signaling such as RRC signaling, physical layer control information (L1 / L2 control information), and the like to the control unit 401.
  • the received signal processing unit 404 can be configured by a signal processor, a signal processing circuit, or a signal processing device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention. Further, the reception signal processing unit 404 can constitute a reception unit according to the present invention.
  • the measurement unit 405 measures the channel state based on a reference signal (for example, CSI-RS) from the radio base station 10 and outputs the measurement result to the control unit 401. Note that the channel state measurement may be performed for each CC.
  • a reference signal for example, CSI-RS
  • the measuring unit 405 can be composed of a signal processor, a signal processing circuit or a signal processing device, and a measuring device, a measurement circuit or a measuring device which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
  • each functional block may be realized by one device physically and / or logically coupled, and two or more devices physically and / or logically separated may be directly and / or indirectly. (For example, wired and / or wireless) and may be realized by these plural devices.
  • the radio base station, user terminal, and the like in this embodiment may function as a computer that performs processing of the radio communication method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an example of the hardware configuration of the radio base station and the user terminal according to the present embodiment.
  • the wireless base station 10 and the user terminal 20 described above may be physically configured as a computer device including a processor 1001, a memory 1002, a storage 1003, a communication device 1004, an input device 1005, an output device 1006, a bus 1007, and the like. Good.
  • the term “apparatus” can be read as a circuit, a device, a unit, or the like.
  • the hardware configurations of the radio base station 10 and the user terminal 20 may be configured to include one or a plurality of each device illustrated in the figure, or may be configured not to include some devices.
  • processor 1001 may be implemented by one or more chips.
  • each function in the radio base station 10 and the user terminal 20 reads predetermined software (program) on hardware such as the processor 1001 and the memory 1002, so that the processor 1001 performs computation and communication by the communication device 1004.
  • predetermined software program
  • it is realized by controlling data reading and / or writing in the memory 1002 and the storage 1003.
  • the processor 1001 controls the entire computer by operating an operating system, for example.
  • the processor 1001 may be configured by a central processing unit (CPU) including an interface with peripheral devices, a control device, an arithmetic device, a register, and the like.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • the baseband signal processing unit 104 (204) and the call processing unit 105 described above may be realized by the processor 1001.
  • the processor 1001 reads programs (program codes), software modules, data, and the like from the storage 1003 and / or the communication device 1004 to the memory 1002, and executes various processes according to these.
  • programs program codes
  • software modules software modules
  • data data
  • the like data
  • the control unit 401 of the user terminal 20 may be realized by a control program stored in the memory 1002 and operated by the processor 1001, and may be realized similarly for other functional blocks.
  • the memory 1002 is a computer-readable recording medium such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), an EPROM (Erasable Programmable ROM), an EEPROM (Electrically EPROM), a RAM (Random Access Memory), or any other suitable storage medium. It may be configured by one.
  • the memory 1002 may be called a register, a cache, a main memory (main storage device), or the like.
  • the memory 1002 can store programs (program codes), software modules, and the like that can be executed to implement the wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the storage 1003 is a computer-readable recording medium such as a flexible disk, a floppy (registered trademark) disk, a magneto-optical disk (for example, a compact disk (CD-ROM (Compact Disc ROM)), a digital versatile disk, Blu-ray® disk), removable disk, hard disk drive, smart card, flash memory device (eg, card, stick, key drive), magnetic stripe, database, server, or other suitable storage medium It may be constituted by.
  • the storage 1003 may be referred to as an auxiliary storage device.
  • the communication device 1004 is hardware (transmission / reception device) for performing communication between computers via a wired and / or wireless network, and is also referred to as a network device, a network controller, a network card, a communication module, or the like.
  • the communication device 1004 includes, for example, a high-frequency switch, a duplexer, a filter, a frequency synthesizer, etc., in order to realize frequency division duplex (FDD) and / or time division duplex (TDD). It may be configured.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the transmission / reception antenna 101 (201), the amplifier unit 102 (202), the transmission / reception unit 103 (203), the transmission path interface 106, and the like described above may be realized by the communication device 1004.
  • the input device 1005 is an input device (for example, a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, a switch, a button, a sensor, etc.) that accepts an input from the outside.
  • the output device 1006 is an output device (for example, a display, a speaker, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp, etc.) that performs output to the outside.
  • the input device 1005 and the output device 1006 may have an integrated configuration (for example, a touch panel).
  • each device such as the processor 1001 and the memory 1002 is connected by a bus 1007 for communicating information.
  • the bus 1007 may be configured with a single bus or may be configured with different buses between apparatuses.
  • the radio base station 10 and the user terminal 20 include a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), a PLD (Programmable Logic Device), an FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array), and the like. It may be configured including hardware, and a part or all of each functional block may be realized by the hardware. For example, the processor 1001 may be implemented by at least one of these hardware.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the channel and / or symbol may be a signal (signaling).
  • the signal may be a message.
  • the reference signal may be abbreviated as RS (Reference Signal), and may be referred to as a pilot, a pilot signal, or the like depending on an applied standard.
  • a component carrier CC: Component Carrier
  • CC Component Carrier
  • the radio frame may be configured with one or a plurality of periods (frames) in the time domain.
  • Each of the one or more periods (frames) constituting the radio frame may be referred to as a subframe.
  • a subframe may be composed of one or more slots in the time domain.
  • the slot may be configured with one or a plurality of symbols (OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbol, SC-FDMA (Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbol, etc.) in the time domain).
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • SC-FDMA Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • the radio frame, subframe, slot, and symbol all represent a time unit when transmitting a signal.
  • Different names may be used for the radio frame, the subframe, the slot, and the symbol.
  • one subframe may be referred to as a transmission time interval (TTI)
  • a plurality of consecutive subframes may be referred to as a TTI
  • one slot may be referred to as a TTI.
  • the subframe or TTI may be a subframe (1 ms) in the existing LTE, a period shorter than 1 ms (for example, 1-13 symbols), or a period longer than 1 ms. Also good.
  • TTI means, for example, a minimum time unit for scheduling in wireless communication.
  • a radio base station performs scheduling to allocate radio resources (frequency bandwidth, transmission power, etc. that can be used in each user terminal) to each user terminal in units of TTI.
  • the definition of TTI is not limited to this.
  • the TTI may be a transmission time unit of a channel-encoded data packet (transport block), or may be a processing unit such as scheduling or link adaptation.
  • a TTI having a time length of 1 ms may be called a normal TTI (TTI in LTE Rel. 8-12), a normal TTI, a long TTI, a normal subframe, a normal subframe, or a long subframe.
  • TTI shorter than a normal TTI may be called a shortened TTI, a short TTI, a shortened subframe, a short subframe, or the like.
  • a resource block is a resource allocation unit in the time domain and the frequency domain, and may include one or a plurality of continuous subcarriers (subcarriers) in the frequency domain. Further, the RB may include one or a plurality of symbols in the time domain, and may have a length of one slot, one subframe, or 1 TTI. One TTI and one subframe may each be composed of one or a plurality of resource blocks.
  • the RB may be called a physical resource block (PRB: Physical RB), a PRB pair, an RB pair, or the like.
  • the resource block may be composed of one or a plurality of resource elements (RE: Resource Element).
  • RE Resource Element
  • 1RE may be a radio resource region of 1 subcarrier and 1 symbol.
  • the structure of the above-described radio frame, subframe, slot, symbol, and the like is merely an example.
  • the configuration such as the cyclic prefix (CP) length can be changed in various ways.
  • information, parameters, and the like described in this specification may be represented by absolute values, may be represented by relative values from a predetermined value, or may be represented by other corresponding information.
  • the radio resource may be indicated by a predetermined index.
  • mathematical formulas and the like using these parameters may differ from those explicitly disclosed herein.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • information elements can be identified by any suitable name, so the various channels and information elements assigned to them.
  • the name is not limiting in any way.
  • information, signals, etc. can be output from the upper layer to the lower layer and / or from the lower layer to the upper layer.
  • Information, signals, and the like may be input / output via a plurality of network nodes.
  • the input / output information, signals, etc. may be stored in a specific location (for example, a memory), or may be managed by a management table. Input / output information, signals, and the like can be overwritten, updated, or added. The output information, signals, etc. may be deleted. Input information, signals, and the like may be transmitted to other devices.
  • information notification includes physical layer signaling (eg, downlink control information (DCI), uplink control information (UCI)), upper layer signaling (eg, RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling), It may be implemented by broadcast information (Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB), etc.), MAC (Medium Access Control) signaling), other signals, or a combination thereof.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • UCI uplink control information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • SIB System Information Block
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • the physical layer signaling may be referred to as L1 / L2 (Layer 1 / Layer 2) control information (L1 / L2 control signal), L1 control information (L1 control signal), or the like.
  • the RRC signaling may be referred to as an RRC message, and may be, for example, an RRC connection setup (RRCConnectionSetup) message, an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRCConnectionReconfiguration) message, or the like.
  • the MAC signaling may be notified by, for example, a MAC control element (MAC CE (Control Element)).
  • notification of predetermined information is not limited to explicitly performed, but implicitly (for example, by not performing notification of the predetermined information or another (By notification of information).
  • the determination may be performed by a value represented by 1 bit (0 or 1), or may be performed by a boolean value represented by true or false.
  • the comparison may be performed by numerical comparison (for example, comparison with a predetermined value).
  • software, instructions, information, etc. may be transmitted / received via a transmission medium.
  • software can use websites, servers using wired technology (coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), etc.) and / or wireless technology (infrared, microwave, etc.) , Or other remote sources, these wired and / or wireless technologies are included within the definition of transmission media.
  • system and “network” used in this specification are used interchangeably.
  • base station BS
  • radio base station eNB
  • cell e.g., a fixed station
  • eNodeB eNodeB
  • cell group e.g., a cell
  • carrier femtocell
  • component carrier e.g., a fixed station, NodeB, eNodeB (eNB), access point, transmission point, reception point, femtocell, and small cell.
  • the base station can accommodate one or a plurality of (for example, three) cells (also called sectors). If the base station accommodates multiple cells, the entire coverage area of the base station can be partitioned into multiple smaller areas, each smaller area being a base station subsystem (eg, an indoor small base station (RRH: The term “cell” or “sector” refers to part or all of the coverage area of a base station and / or base station subsystem that provides communication service in this coverage. Point to.
  • RRH indoor small base station
  • MS mobile station
  • UE user equipment
  • terminal may be used interchangeably.
  • a base station may also be called in terms such as a fixed station, NodeB, eNodeB (eNB), access point, transmission point, reception point, femtocell, and small cell.
  • NodeB NodeB
  • eNodeB eNodeB
  • access point transmission point
  • reception point femtocell
  • small cell small cell
  • a mobile station is defined by those skilled in the art as a subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless It may also be called terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable terminology.
  • the radio base station in this specification may be read by the user terminal.
  • each aspect / embodiment of the present invention may be applied to a configuration in which communication between a radio base station and a user terminal is replaced with communication between a plurality of user terminals (D2D: Device-to-Device).
  • the user terminal 20 may have a function that the wireless base station 10 has.
  • words such as “up” and “down” may be read as “side”.
  • the uplink channel may be read as a side channel.
  • a user terminal in this specification may be read by a radio base station.
  • the wireless base station 10 may have a function that the user terminal 20 has.
  • the specific operation assumed to be performed by the base station may be performed by the upper node in some cases.
  • various operations performed for communication with a terminal may be performed by one or more network nodes other than the base station and the base station (for example, It is obvious that this can be done by MME (Mobility Management Entity), S-GW (Serving-Gateway), etc., but not limited thereto) or a combination thereof.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • S-GW Serving-Gateway
  • each aspect / embodiment described in this specification may be used alone, in combination, or may be switched according to execution.
  • the order of the processing procedures, sequences, flowcharts, and the like of each aspect / embodiment described in this specification may be changed as long as there is no contradiction.
  • the methods described herein present the elements of the various steps in an exemplary order and are not limited to the specific order presented.
  • Each aspect / embodiment described herein includes LTE (Long Term Evolution), LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), LTE-B (LTE-Beyond), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, 4G (4th generation mobile). communication system), 5G (5th generation mobile communication system), FRA (Future Radio Access), New-RAT (Radio Access Technology), NR (New Radio), NX (New radio access), FX (Future generation radio access), GSM (registered trademark) (Global System for Mobile communications), CDMA2000, UMB (Ultra Mobile Broadband), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802 .20, UWB (Ultra-WideBand), Bluetooth (registered trademark), The present invention may be applied to a system using other appropriate wireless communication methods and / or a next generation system extended based on these.
  • the phrase “based on” does not mean “based only on”, unless expressly specified otherwise. In other words, the phrase “based on” means both “based only on” and “based at least on.”
  • any reference to elements using designations such as “first”, “second”, etc. as used herein does not generally limit the amount or order of those elements. These designations can be used herein as a convenient way to distinguish between two or more elements. Thus, reference to the first and second elements does not mean that only two elements can be employed or that the first element must precede the second element in some way.
  • determining may encompass a wide variety of actions. For example, “determination” means calculating, computing, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up (eg, table, database or other data). It may be considered to “judge” (search in structure), ascertaining, etc.
  • “determination (decision)” includes receiving (for example, receiving information), transmitting (for example, transmitting information), input (input), output (output), access ( accessing) (e.g., accessing data in memory), etc. may be considered to be “determining”. Also, “determination” is considered to be “determination (resolving)”, “selecting”, “choosing”, “establishing”, “comparing”, etc. Also good. That is, “determination (determination)” may be regarded as “determination (determination)” of some operation.
  • the terms “connected”, “coupled”, or any variation thereof refers to any direct or indirect connection between two or more elements or By coupling, it can include the presence of one or more intermediate elements between two elements that are “connected” or “coupled” to each other.
  • the coupling or connection between the elements may be physical, logical, or a combination thereof.
  • the two elements are radio frequency by using one or more wires, cables and / or printed electrical connections, and as some non-limiting and non-inclusive examples
  • electromagnetic energy such as electromagnetic energy having a wavelength in the region, microwave region, and light (both visible and invisible) region, it can be considered to be “connected” or “coupled” to each other.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

In order for a user terminal to appropriately send UCI when communicating using a plurality of carriers having the same and/or different TTI lengths, this user terminal comprises: a reception unit that receives a downlink (DL) shared channel; a transmission unit that sends uplink control information (UCI) containing resend control information for the DL shared channel; and a control unit that controls transmission of the UCI, on the basis of the UL shared channel allocations in at least one uplink (UL) carrier having the same and/or different time lengths for transmission time intervals (TTI) as the DL carrier receiving the DL shared channel.

Description

ユーザ端末及び無線通信方法User terminal and wireless communication method
 本発明は、次世代移動通信システムにおけるユーザ端末及び無線通信方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a user terminal and a wireless communication method in a next generation mobile communication system.
 UMTS(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)ネットワークにおいて、さらなる高速データレート、低遅延などを目的としてロングタームエボリューション(LTE:Long Term Evolution)が仕様化された(非特許文献1)。また、LTEからの更なる広帯域化及び高速化を目的として、LTEの後継システム(例えば、LTE-A(LTE-Advanced)、FRA(Future Radio Access)、4G、5G、5G+(plus)、NR(New RAT)、LTE Rel.14、15~、などともいう)も検討されている。 In the UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) network, Long Term Evolution (LTE) has been specified for the purpose of higher data rates and lower delay (Non-Patent Document 1). In order to further increase the bandwidth and speed from LTE, LTE successor systems (for example, LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), FRA (Future Radio Access), 4G, 5G, 5G + (plus), NR ( New RAT) and LTE Rel.14, 15 ~) are also being considered.
 既存のLTEシステム(例えば、LTE Rel.10以降)では、広帯域化を図るために、複数のキャリア(コンポーネントキャリア(CC:Component Carrier)、セル)を統合するキャリアアグリゲーション(CA:Carrier Aggregation)が導入されている。各キャリアは、LTE Rel.8のシステム帯域を一単位として構成される。また、CAでは、同一の無線基地局(eNB:eNodeB)の複数のCCがユーザ端末(UE:User Equipment)に設定される。 In existing LTE systems (for example, LTE Rel. 10 or later), carrier aggregation (CA: Carrier Aggregation) that integrates multiple carriers (CC (Component Carrier), cells) is introduced to increase bandwidth. Has been. Each carrier is LTE Rel. 8 system bands are configured as one unit. In CA, a plurality of CCs of the same radio base station (eNB: eNodeB) are set as user terminals (UE: User Equipment).
 また、既存のLTEシステム(例えば、LTE Rel.12以降)では、異なる無線基地局の複数のセルグループ(CG:Cell Group)がユーザ端末に設定されるデュアルコネクティビティ(DC:Dual Connectivity)も導入されている。各セルグループは、少なくとも一つのキャリア(CC、セル)で構成される。異なる無線基地局の複数のキャリアが統合されるため、DCは、基地局間CA(Inter-eNB CA)などとも呼ばれる。 In addition, in the existing LTE system (for example, LTE Rel. 12 or later), dual connectivity (DC: Dual Connectivity) in which multiple cell groups (CG: Cell Group) of different radio base stations are set in the user terminal is also introduced. ing. Each cell group includes at least one carrier (CC, cell). Since a plurality of carriers of different radio base stations are integrated, DC is also called inter-base station CA (Inter-eNB CA).
 また、既存のLTEシステム(例えば、LTE Rel.8-13)では、1msの伝送時間間隔(TTI:Transmission Time Interval)(サブフレームともいう)を用いて、下りリンク(DL:Downlink)及び/又は上りリンク(UL:Uplink)の通信が行われる。当該1msのTTIは、チャネル符号化された1データ・パケットの送信時間単位であり、スケジューリング、リンクアダプテーション、再送制御(HARQ-ACK:Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge)などの処理単位となる。 In addition, in an existing LTE system (for example, LTE Rel. 8-13), a transmission time interval (TTI: Transmission Time Interval) (also referred to as a subframe) is used, and a downlink (DL: Downlink) and / or Uplink (UL) communication is performed. The 1 ms TTI is a transmission time unit of one channel-encoded data packet, and is a processing unit such as scheduling, link adaptation, and retransmission control (HARQ-ACK: Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledge).
 また、既存のLTEシステム(例えば、LTE Rel.8-13)では、上り制御情報(UCI:Uplink Control Information)を、UL共有チャネル(例えば、PUSCH:Physical Uplink Shared Channel)又はUL制御チャネル(例えば、PUCCH:Physical Uplink Control Channel)を用いて送信する。 In addition, in the existing LTE system (for example, LTE Rel. 8-13), uplink control information (UCI: Uplink Control Information) is used as the UL shared channel (for example, PUSCH: Physical Uplink Shared Channel) or the UL control channel (for example, Transmit using PUCCH: Physical Uplink Control Channel.
 将来の無線通信システム(例えば、LTE Rel.14又は15、5G、NRなど)では、遅延削減(Latency reduction)のため、既存のLTEシステムの1msのTTIとは異なる時間長(TTI長)のTTI(例えば、1msより短いTTI)をサポートすることが検討されている。 In future wireless communication systems (for example, LTE Rel. 14 or 15, 5G, NR, etc.), a TTI having a time length (TTI length) different from the 1 ms TTI of the existing LTE system for latency reduction. Supporting (eg, TTI shorter than 1 ms) is being considered.
 また、将来の無線通信システムでは、ユーザ端末が、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリア(CC、セル)を用いて通信することが想定される。しかしながら、既存のLTEシステムでは、ユーザ端末は、異なるTTI長の複数のキャリアを用いて通信することを想定していない。したがって、ユーザ端末が、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いて通信する場合に、既存のLTEシステムにおけるUCIの送信方法をそのまま適用すると、適切にUCIを送信することができない恐れがある。 Also, in a future wireless communication system, it is assumed that the user terminal communicates using a plurality of carriers (CC, cell) having the same and / or different TTI lengths. However, in the existing LTE system, the user terminal is not assumed to communicate using a plurality of carriers having different TTI lengths. Therefore, when the user terminal communicates using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths, if the UCI transmission method in the existing LTE system is applied as it is, there is a possibility that the UCI cannot be appropriately transmitted. is there.
 本発明はかかる点に鑑みてなされたものであり、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いて通信する場合に、UCIを適切に送信可能なユーザ端末及び無線通信方法を提供することを目的の一つとする。 This invention is made in view of this point, and provides a user terminal and a radio | wireless communication method which can transmit UCI appropriately, when communicating using the several carrier with same and / or different TTI length. Is one of the purposes.
 本発明のユーザ端末の一態様は、下りリンク(DL)共有チャネルを受信する受信部と、前記DL共有チャネルの再送制御情報を含む上りリンク制御情報(UCI)を送信する送信部と、前記DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアと伝送時間間隔(TTI)の時間長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上の上りリンク(UL)キャリアにおけるUL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、前記UCIの送信を制御する制御部と、を具備することを特徴とする。 One aspect of the user terminal of the present invention includes a receiving unit that receives a downlink (DL) shared channel, a transmitting unit that transmits uplink control information (UCI) including retransmission control information of the DL shared channel, and the DL Control for controlling transmission of the UCI based on assignment of UL shared channel in one or more uplink (UL) carriers having the same and / or different time length of transmission time interval (TTI) from DL carrier that receives the shared channel And a portion.
 本発明によれば、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いて通信する場合に、ユーザ端末がUCIを適切に送信できる。 According to the present invention, when communication is performed using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the UCI.
TTI長が同一及び異なる複数のULキャリアの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of several UL carrier with same and different TTI length. 第1の態様に係るsTTIグループの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the sTTI group which concerns on a 1st aspect. 第1の態様のケース1に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on case 1 of a 1st aspect. 第1の態様のケース2に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on case 2 of a 1st aspect. 第1の態様のケース3に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on case 3 of a 1st aspect. 第2の態様に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on a 2nd aspect. 第2の態様に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on a 2nd aspect. 第3の態様に係るsPUSCHの最小タイミングの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the minimum timing of sPUSCH which concerns on a 3rd aspect. 第3の態様の指示例1に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on the example 1 of an instruction | indication of a 3rd aspect. 第3の態様の指示例2に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on the example 2 of an instruction | indication of a 3rd aspect. 第4の態様に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the transmission control of UCI which concerns on a 4th aspect. 図12A~12Dは、第5の態様に係るシグナリングの一例を示す図である。12A to 12D are diagrams illustrating an example of signaling according to the fifth aspect. 本実施の形態に係る無線通信システムの概略構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of schematic structure of the radio | wireless communications system which concerns on this Embodiment. 本実施の形態に係る無線基地局の全体構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the whole structure of the wireless base station which concerns on this Embodiment. 本実施の形態に係る無線基地局の機能構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a function structure of the radio base station which concerns on this Embodiment. 本実施の形態に係るユーザ端末の全体構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the whole structure of the user terminal which concerns on this Embodiment. 本実施の形態に係るユーザ端末の機能構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a function structure of the user terminal which concerns on this Embodiment. 本実施の形態に係る無線基地局及びユーザ端末のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the hardware constitutions of the radio base station and user terminal which concern on this Embodiment.
 既存のLTEシステムでは、ユーザ端末は、1msのTTIを用いて、DL及び/又はULの通信を行う。1msのTTIは、1msの時間長を有する。1msのTTIは、TTI、サブフレーム、通常TTI、ロングTTI、通常サブフレーム、ロングサブフレーム等とも呼ばれ、2つのスロットで構成される。また、1msのTTI内の各シンボルには、サイクリックプリフィクス(CP)が付加される。 In an existing LTE system, a user terminal performs DL and / or UL communication using a 1 ms TTI. A 1 ms TTI has a time length of 1 ms. The 1 ms TTI is also called a TTI, subframe, normal TTI, long TTI, normal subframe, long subframe, or the like, and is composed of two slots. In addition, a cyclic prefix (CP) is added to each symbol in the 1 ms TTI.
 既存のLTEシステムにおいて、各シンボルに通常CP(例えば、4.76μs)が付加される場合、1msのTTIは、14シンボル(スロットあたり7シンボル)を含んで構成される。一方、各シンボルに通常CPより長い拡張CP(例えば、16.67μs)が付加される場合、1msのTTIは、12シンボル(スロットあたり6シンボル)を含んで構成される。また、各シンボルの時間長(シンボル長)は、66.7μsであり、サブキャリア間隔は、15kHzである。なお、シンボル長とサブキャリア間隔は互いに逆数の関係にある。 In an existing LTE system, when a normal CP (for example, 4.76 μs) is added to each symbol, a 1 ms TTI is configured to include 14 symbols (7 symbols per slot). On the other hand, when an extended CP (for example, 16.67 μs) longer than the normal CP is added to each symbol, the 1 ms TTI includes 12 symbols (6 symbols per slot). Also, the time length (symbol length) of each symbol is 66.7 μs, and the subcarrier interval is 15 kHz. Note that the symbol length and the subcarrier interval are in a reciprocal relationship with each other.
 一方、将来の無線通信システム(例えば、LTE Rel.14又は15、5G、NRなど)では、高速で大容量の通信(eMBB:enhanced Mobile Broad Band)、IoT(Internet of Things)やMTC(Machine Type Communication)などの機器間通信(M2M:Machine-to-Machine)用のデバイス(ユーザ端末)からの大量接続(mMTC:massive MTC)、低遅延で高信頼の通信(URLLC:Ultra-reliable and low latency communication)など、多様なサービスを単一のフレームワークで収容することが望まれている。URLLCでは、eMBBやmMTCよりも高い遅延削減効果が求められる。 On the other hand, in future wireless communication systems (for example, LTE Rel. 14 or 15, 5G, NR, etc.), high-speed and large-capacity communication (eMBB: enhanced Mobile Broad Band), IoT (Internet of Things) and MTC (Machine Type) Communication (M2M: Machine-to-Machine) devices (user terminals) for mass connections (mMTC: massive MTC), low-latency and high-reliability communication (URLLC: Ultra-reliable and low latency) communication) and other services are desired to be accommodated in a single framework. URLLC requires a higher delay reduction effect than eMBB and mMTC.
 このため、将来の無線通信システムでは、既存のLTEシステムの1msのTTIとは異なる時間長のTTIをサポートすることが検討されている。例えば、遅延削減(Latency Reduction)のため、1msより短いTTIをサポートすることが検討されている。当該1msより短いTTIは、短縮TTI、ショートTTI、短縮サブフレーム、ショートサブフレーム、sTTI等とも呼ばれる(以下、sTTIという)。 For this reason, in future wireless communication systems, it is considered to support a TTI having a time length different from the 1 ms TTI of the existing LTE system. For example, it is considered to support TTI shorter than 1 ms for latency reduction. The TTI shorter than 1 ms is also referred to as a shortened TTI, a short TTI, a shortened subframe, a short subframe, an sTTI, or the like (hereinafter referred to as sTTI).
 例えば、周波数分割複信(FDD:Frequency Division Duplex)(フレーム構造(FS:Frame Structure)タイプ1等ともいう)では、DLにおいて、2シンボルのsTTI及び/又は1スロットのsTTIをサポートすることが検討されている。また、ULにおいて、2シンボルのsTTI、4シンボルのsTTI、1スロットのsTTIの少なくとも一つをサポートすることが検討されている。 For example, frequency division duplex (FDD: Frequency Division Duplex) (also referred to as frame structure (FS) type 1) is considered to support sTTI of 2 symbols and / or sTTI of 1 slot in DL. Has been. Also, in the UL, it is considered to support at least one of 2-symbol sTTI, 4-symbol sTTI, and 1-slot sTTI.
 また、時間分割複信(TDD:Time Division Duplex)(FSタイプ2等ともいう)では、LTE Rel.14では、DL及びULにおいて、1スロットのsTTIをサポートし、LTE Rel.15以降で、1スロットよりも少ないシンボル数のsTTIをサポートすることが検討されている。 Also, in Time Division Duplex (TDD) (also called FS type 2 etc.), LTE Rel. 14 supports 1 slot sTTI in DL and UL, and LTE Rel. From 15 onwards, it has been studied to support sTTI with fewer symbols than one slot.
 なお、1スロットのsTTIは、既存のLTEシステムの1スロットと同様に7又は6シンボルを含んで構成されてもよいし、異なるシンボル数で構成されてもよい。また、各シンボルのシンボル長は、既存のLTEシステムと同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。また、sTTI内の少なくとも一つのシンボルには、所定の時間長のCPが付加されてもよいし、付加されなくともよい。また、sTTI内の少なくとも一つのシンボルは、他のsTTIと共用されてもよい。 Note that the sTTI of one slot may be configured to include 7 or 6 symbols as in the case of one slot of the existing LTE system, or may be configured with a different number of symbols. Further, the symbol length of each symbol may be the same as or different from the existing LTE system. Further, a CP having a predetermined time length may or may not be added to at least one symbol in sTTI. Further, at least one symbol in the sTTI may be shared with other sTTIs.
 また、将来の無線通信システムでは、ユーザ端末が、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリア(CC、セル)を用いて通信する(例えば、キャリアアグリゲーション(CA)又はデュアルコネクティビティ(DC)を行う)ことが想定される。例えば、ユーザ端末は、sTTIのシンボル数が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリア(例えば、1スロットのsTTIが用いられるキャリアと2シンボルのsTTIが用いられるキャリア)を用いて通信を行うことが想定される。 In a future wireless communication system, user terminals communicate using a plurality of carriers (CC, cells) having the same and / or different TTI lengths (for example, carrier aggregation (CA) or dual connectivity (DC)). ) Is assumed. For example, it is assumed that the user terminal performs communication using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different number of sTTI symbols (for example, a carrier using 1 slot sTTI and a carrier using 2 symbols sTTI). The
 ところで、既存のLTEシステム(例えば、LTE Rel.8-13)では、UCIを、UL共有チャネル(以下、PUSCHともいう)又はUL制御チャネル(以下、PUCCHと略する)を用いて送信する。ここで、UCIは、DL共有チャネル(例えば、PDSCH:Physical Downlink Shared Channel、以下、PDSCHともいう)の再送制御情報(例えば、ACK又はNACK(Negative ACK)(以下、A/Nと略する)、HARQ-ACK等ともいう)と、チャネル状態情報(CSI:Channel State Information)と、スケジューリング要求(SR:Scheduling Request)と、の少なくとも一つを含む。 Incidentally, in an existing LTE system (for example, LTE Rel. 8-13), UCI is transmitted using a UL shared channel (hereinafter also referred to as PUSCH) or a UL control channel (hereinafter abbreviated as PUCCH). Here, UCI is retransmission control information (for example, ACK or NACK (Negative ACK) (hereinafter abbreviated as A / N) of DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel, hereinafter also referred to as PDSCH), It includes at least one of HARQ-ACK and the like, channel state information (CSI: Channel State Information), and scheduling request (SR).
 例えば、既存のLTEシステムでは、ユーザ端末が、TTI#nでPDSCHを受信する場合、所定時間後のTTI(例えば、4ms後のTTI#n+4)において、当該PDSCHのA/Nを送信する。前記所定時間後のTTI(例えば、TTI#n+4)においてPUSCHが割り当てられている場合、ユーザ端末は、当該PUSCHを用いてA/Nを送信する。一方、前記所定時間後のTTI(例えば、TTI#n+4)においてPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCHを用いてA/Nを送信する。 For example, in an existing LTE system, when a user terminal receives a PDSCH using TTI # n, the A / N of the PDSCH is transmitted in a TTI after a predetermined time (for example, TTI # n + 4 after 4 ms). When PUSCH is allocated in TTI (for example, TTI # n + 4) after the predetermined time, the user terminal transmits A / N using the PUSCH. On the other hand, when the PUSCH is not allocated in the TTI (for example, TTI # n + 4) after the predetermined time, the user terminal transmits A / N using the PUCCH.
 また、既存のLTEシステムでは、ユーザ端末が、TTI#nで非周期のCSIの送信要求(A-CSIトリガ)を受信する場合、所定時間後のTTI(例えば、4ms後のTTI#n+4)において、PUSCHを用いてCSIを送信する。 Further, in the existing LTE system, when a user terminal receives a non-periodic CSI transmission request (A-CSI trigger) at TTI # n, in a TTI after a predetermined time (for example, TTI # n + 4 after 4 ms) , CSI is transmitted using PUSCH.
 また、既存のLTEシステム(例えば、Rel.13 CA)では、同一のTTIにおいて異なるキャリア(セル、CC)の複数のPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、UCIは、最小のインデックス番号のキャリアで送信される。 Also, in the existing LTE system (for example, Rel.13 CA), when a plurality of PUSCHs of different carriers (cell, CC) are allocated in the same TTI, the UCI is transmitted with the carrier having the smallest index number.
 しかしながら、既存のLTEシステムでは、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリアと異なるTTI長の複数のULキャリアを用いて通信することを想定していない。したがって、ユーザ端末が、DLキャリアと同一及び/又は異なるTTI長の一以上のULキャリアを用いて通信する場合に、既存のLTEシステムにおけるUCIの送信方法をそのまま適用すると、適切にUCIを送信することができない恐れがある。 However, in the existing LTE system, the user terminal is not assumed to communicate using a plurality of UL carriers having a TTI length different from that of the DL carrier. Therefore, when the user terminal communicates using one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier, the UCI is appropriately transmitted by applying the UCI transmission method in the existing LTE system as it is. There is a fear that you can not.
 図1は、TTI長が同一及び異なる複数のキャリアの一例を示す図である。図1では、ユーザ端末が、1スロット(例えば、7シンボル)のsTTIが用いられるULキャリア(UL CC)1と、4シンボルのsTTIが用いられるULキャリア2と、2シンボルのsTTIが用いられるULキャリア3及び4と、を用いてUL通信(例えば、UL CA)を行う場合が示される。 FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a plurality of carriers having the same and different TTI lengths. In FIG. 1, a user terminal uses a UL carrier (UL CC) 1 in which 1 slot (for example, 7 symbols) of sTTI is used, a UL carrier 2 in which 4 symbols of sTTI are used, and a UL in which 2 symbols of sTTI are used. A case where UL communication (for example, UL CA) is performed using the carriers 3 and 4 is shown.
 各キャリア(ULキャリア及び/又はDLキャリアを含む)において、複数のsTTIは、それぞれ異なるシンボルで構成されてもよいし、当該複数のsTTI間で共用される一以上のシンボル(共用シンボル)を含んで構成されてもよい。例えば、図1では、sTTIが1スロット又は2シンボルで構成される場合、複数のsTTIはそれぞれ異なるシンボルで構成される。一方、sTTIが4シンボルで構成される場合、2つのsTTI間で共用される共用シンボルが設けられる。 In each carrier (including UL carrier and / or DL carrier), a plurality of sTTIs may be configured with different symbols, respectively, or include one or more symbols (shared symbols) shared among the plurality of sTTIs. It may be constituted by. For example, in FIG. 1, when sTTI is configured by one slot or two symbols, the plurality of sTTIs are configured by different symbols. On the other hand, when sTTI is composed of 4 symbols, a shared symbol shared between two sTTIs is provided.
 共用シンボルでは、複数のsTTIそれぞれのPUSCHの復調用参照信号(DMRS:DeModulation Reference Signal)(Shared DMRS)が、配置される。例えば、当該複数のsTTIのDMRSは、共用シンボルにおいて、巡回シフト(CS)及び/又は櫛の歯状のサブキャリア配置(Comb)により多重されてもよい。例えば、図1では、1スロット内の前半のsTTIのDMRSと後半のsTTIのDMRSとが、CS又はCombにより多重される。 In the shared symbol, a PUSCH demodulation reference signal (DMRS: DeModulation Reference Signal) (Shared DMRS) of each of a plurality of sTTIs is arranged. For example, the plurality of sTTI DMRSs may be multiplexed in a shared symbol by cyclic shift (CS) and / or comb-toothed subcarrier arrangement (Comb). For example, in FIG. 1, the first half sTTI DMRS and the second half sTTI DMRS in one slot are multiplexed by CS or Comb.
 図1では、ULキャリア1の左から1番目及び4番目のsTTIにおいて、ユーザ端末に対してPUSCHが割り当てられる。また、ULキャリア2の左から1番目及び6番目のsTTIにおいて、ユーザ端末に対してPUSCHが割り当てられる。また、ULキャリア3及び4の左から1番目及び9番目のsTTIにおいて、ユーザ端末に対してPUSCHが割り当てられる。なお、sTTIに割り当てられるPUSCHは、1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUSCHと区別するため、sPUSCHとも呼ばれる。 In FIG. 1, PUSCH is allocated to the user terminal in the first and fourth sTTIs from the left of the UL carrier 1. Moreover, PUSCH is allocated to the user terminal in the first and sixth sTTIs from the left of the UL carrier 2. Moreover, PUSCH is allocated with respect to a user terminal in the 1st and 9th sTTI from the left of UL carriers 3 and 4. Note that the PUSCH assigned to the sTTI is also referred to as sPUSCH in order to distinguish it from the PUSCH assigned to the 1 ms TTI.
 図1に示す場合、同一時間において、TTI長(sTTI長)が同一及び/又は異なる複数のsTTIそれぞれに、同一のユーザ端末に対するsPUSCHが割り当てられることが想定される。例えば、図1では、TTI長が異なるULキャリア1~4の左から1番目のsTTIにおいて、同一のユーザ端末に重複して複数のsPUSCHが割り当てられている。この場合、当該複数のULキャリアのsPUSCHのうち、どのULキャリアのsPUSCHにUCIを多重するかが問題となる。 In the case shown in FIG. 1, it is assumed that the sPUSCH for the same user terminal is assigned to each of a plurality of sTTIs having the same and / or different TTI length (sTTI length) at the same time. For example, in FIG. 1, in the first sTTI from the left of UL carriers 1 to 4 having different TTI lengths, a plurality of sPUSCHs are allocated to the same user terminal in an overlapping manner. In this case, there is a problem of which UL carrier sPUSCH among the plurality of UL carrier sPUSCHs the UCI is multiplexed with.
 このように、ユーザ端末が、DLキャリアと同一及び/又は異なるTTI長の一以上のULキャリアを用いて通信する場合、どのタイミングでどのULキャリアを用いて、UCIを送信するかが問題となる。また、DLキャリアと同一及び/又は異なるTTI長の一以上のULキャリアのPUSCHをどのタイミングで割り当てるかも問題となる。 Thus, when a user terminal communicates using one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different TTI length as a DL carrier, it becomes a problem as to which UL carrier is used to transmit UCI at which timing. . In addition, it becomes a problem at which timing the PUSCH of one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier is allocated.
 そこで、本発明者らは、DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアと同一及び/又は異なるTTI長のULキャリアを用いてUCIを送信する方法を検討し、本発明に至った。また、本発明者らは、ULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと同一及び/又は異なるTTI長のULキャリアに割り当てられるPUSCHのタイミングを検討し、本発明に至った。 Therefore, the present inventors have studied a method of transmitting UCI using a UL carrier having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel, and have reached the present invention. Further, the present inventors have studied the timing of PUSCH allocated to a UL carrier having the same and / or different TTI length as the DL carrier that receives the UL grant, and reached the present invention.
 以下、本実施の形態について詳細に説明する。なお、以下では、ユーザ端末が、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いてキャリアアグリゲーション(CA)を行う場合を想定するが、これに限られない。本実施の形態は、ユーザ端末が、TTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いてデュアルコネクティビティ(DC)を行う場合(例えば、セルグループ(CG)内でTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いる場合)にも適宜適用可能である。 Hereinafter, this embodiment will be described in detail. In the following, it is assumed that the user terminal performs carrier aggregation (CA) using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths, but the present invention is not limited to this. In the present embodiment, when the user terminal performs dual connectivity (DC) using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different TTI lengths (for example, the TTI lengths are the same and / or different in the cell group (CG)). The present invention can be appropriately applied to a case where a plurality of carriers are used.
 また、以下では、sTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアを用いた通信が示されるが、本実施の形態に係る通信では、sTTIだけでなく、1msのTTIが用いられるキャリアが用いられてもよい。また、本実施の形態は、同一キャリア内においてTTI長が異なるTTI(sTTI、1msのTTIを含む)が存在する場合を排除するものではない。 In the following, communication using a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths is shown. However, in the communication according to the present embodiment, not only sTTI but also a carrier using 1 ms TTI is used. Also good. Further, the present embodiment does not exclude the case where there are TTIs with different TTI lengths (including sTTI and 1 ms TTI) in the same carrier.
 また、本実施の形態において、複数のキャリア間においてシンボル長は同一であるものとするが、これに限られない。本実施の形態は、ユーザ端末が、ニューメロロジーが異なる複数のキャリアを用いて通信を行う場合にも適宜適用可能である。ここで、ニューメロロジーとは、周波数方向及び/又は時間方向における通信パラメータ(例えば、サブキャリア間隔、帯域幅、シンボル長、CP長、TTI長、TTIあたりのシンボル数、無線フレーム構成、フィルタリング処理、ウィンドウイング処理などの少なくとも一つ)である。 In the present embodiment, the symbol length is assumed to be the same among a plurality of carriers, but is not limited thereto. The present embodiment can also be applied as appropriate when the user terminal performs communication using a plurality of carriers having different neurology. Here, the neurology is communication parameters in the frequency direction and / or the time direction (for example, subcarrier interval, bandwidth, symbol length, CP length, TTI length, number of symbols per TTI, radio frame configuration, filtering processing) , At least one of windowing processing and the like).
 本実施の形態において、ユーザ端末は、DL共有チャネル(以下、PDSCH、1msのTTIのPDSCHと区別する場合、sPDSCHともいう)を受信する受信部と、当該PDSCHの再送制御情報(以下、A/Nという)を含むUCIを送信する送信部と、を具備する。具体的には、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信するDLキャリアとsTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上のULキャリアにおけるUL共有チャネル(以下、sPUSCHという)の割り当てに基づいて、当該UCIの送信を制御する(第1-3の態様)。なお、当該UCIには、PDSCHのA/Nに加えて、チャネル状態情報(CSI)及び/又はSRが含まれてもよい。 In the present embodiment, a user terminal receives a DL shared channel (hereinafter, also referred to as sPDSCH when distinguished from PDSCH of 1 ms TTI), and retransmission control information (hereinafter referred to as A / A) of the PDSCH. And a transmission unit that transmits UCI including N). Specifically, the user terminal transmits the UCI based on allocation of a UL shared channel (hereinafter referred to as sPUSCH) in one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths from the DL carrier that receives the sPDSCH. Control (first to third aspects). The UCI may include channel state information (CSI) and / or SR in addition to PDSCH A / N.
 また、本実施の形態において、ユーザ端末は、CSIの送信要求情報を含むULグラントを受信する受信部と、前記ULグラントにより割り当てられるPUSCHを用いてCSIを含むUCIを送信する送信部と、を具備する。具体的には、ユーザ端末は、ULグラントを受信するDLキャリアのTTI(以下、DL TTIという)に対応するULキャリアのTTI(以下、UL TTIという)から所定期間以後のUL TTIにおいて、当該UCIの送信を制御する(第4の態様)。なお、当該UCIには、CSIに加えて、PDSCHのA/N及び/又はSRが含まれてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the user terminal includes: a receiving unit that receives a UL grant including CSI transmission request information; and a transmitting unit that transmits a UCI including CSI using a PUSCH assigned by the UL grant. It has. Specifically, the user terminal performs the UCI in the UL TTI after a predetermined period from the TTI (hereinafter referred to as UL TTI) of the UL carrier corresponding to the DL carrier TTI (hereinafter referred to as DL TTI) that receives the UL grant. Is controlled (fourth aspect). The UCI may include PDSCH A / N and / or SR in addition to CSI.
(第1の態様)
 第1の態様では、ユーザ端末は、sTTI長が同一である一以上のULキャリアと、当該ULキャリアとsTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上のDLキャリアとを含むグループ(sTTIグループ)を設定し、当該sTTIグループ毎にUCIの送信を制御する。
(First aspect)
In the first aspect, the user terminal sets a group (sTTI group) including one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length and one or more DL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths. The UCI transmission is controlled for each sTTI group.
 図2は、第1の態様に係るsTTIグループの一例を示す図である。図2に示すように、各sTTIグループは、同じsTTI長の一以上のULキャリアを含んで構成される。 FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of the sTTI group according to the first aspect. As shown in FIG. 2, each sTTI group includes one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length.
 例えば、図2では、sTTIグループ1は、sTTI長が1スロットであるULキャリア1及び2を含んで構成される。また、sTTIグループ2は、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア3及び4を含んで構成される。また、sTTIグループ3は、sTTI長が2シンボルであるULキャリア5及び6を含んで構成される。 For example, in FIG. 2, the sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1 and 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot. The sTTI group 2 includes UL carriers 3 and 4 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols. The sTTI group 3 includes UL carriers 5 and 6 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols.
 なお、図2では、ULキャリアだけが示されるが、各sTTIグループは、ULキャリアと同一のsTTI長のDLキャリア、及び/又は、当該ULキャリアと異なるsTTI長のDLキャリアを含んでもよい。 In FIG. 2, only the UL carrier is shown, but each sTTI group may include a DL carrier having the same sTTI length as the UL carrier and / or a DL carrier having an sTTI length different from the UL carrier.
 各sTTIグループの構成情報は、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRCシグナリング)により設定される。当該構成情報は、各sTTIグループに含まれるキャリアのインデックス、時間長、sTTI内のシンボル数などの少なくとも一つを含んでもよい。なお、当該構成情報は、上位レイヤシグナリング、システム情報、物理レイヤシグナリング(L1/L2制御チャネル)の少なくとも一つにより設定されてもよい。物理レイヤシグナリングによりsTTIグループの時間長やsTTI内のシンボル数などを設定する場合、RRCシグナリングの制御よりも短い周期(例えば1ms、5ms、10msなど)で、sTTIの時間長やsTTI内のシンボル数を切り替えることができる。この場合、ユーザ端末は、各sTTIグループに含まれる複数のULキャリア間で、ある時間区間におけるsTTIは、その時間長やsTTI内のシンボル数が同じであると想定してもよい。 The configuration information of each sTTI group is set by higher layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling). The configuration information may include at least one of a carrier index included in each sTTI group, a time length, the number of symbols in the sTTI, and the like. The configuration information may be set by at least one of higher layer signaling, system information, and physical layer signaling (L1 / L2 control channel). When setting the time length of the sTTI group and the number of symbols in the sTTI by physical layer signaling, the time length of the sTTI and the number of symbols in the sTTI are shorter than the control of the RRC signaling (for example, 1 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms, etc.). Can be switched. In this case, the user terminal may assume that the time length and the number of symbols in the sTTI are the same among the plurality of UL carriers included in each sTTI group.
 次に、以上のように設定されるsTTIグループを用いたUCIの送信制御について説明する。ユーザ端末は、PDSCHを受信するDLキャリアと同一のsTTIグループ内で、UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定してもよい。以下では、各sTTIグループが同一のsTTI長のULキャリア及びDLキャリアだけを含んで構成される場合(ケース1)と、異なるsTTI長のULキャリア及びDLキャリアを含んで構成される場合(ケース2及び3)とにおける、UCIの送信制御について説明する。 Next, UCI transmission control using the sTTI group set as described above will be described. The user terminal may determine the UL carrier that transmits UCI within the same sTTI group as the DL carrier that receives PDSCH. In the following, each sTTI group is configured to include only UL carriers and DL carriers having the same sTTI length (case 1), and is configured to include UL carriers and DL carriers having different sTTI lengths (case 2). And 3) will be described UCI transmission control.
<ケース1>
 ケース1では、各sTTIグループに、同一のsTTI長のULキャリアと、当該ULキャリアと同一のTTI長のDLキャリアが含まれる場合について説明する。
<Case 1>
Case 1 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having the same TTI length as the UL carrier.
 ケース1において、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したsTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のsTTI)後のsTTI(フィードバックsTTI)において、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。なお、以下では、PDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する例を説明するが、当該UCIには、CSI及び/又はSRが含まれてもよい。 In Case 1, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH in a sTTI (feedback sTTI) after a predetermined period (for example, k sTTIs) from the sTTI that has received the sPDSCH. In the following, an example of transmitting UCI including A / N of PDSCH will be described. However, CSI and / or SR may be included in the UCI.
 図3は、第1の態様のケース1に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図3では、sTTIグループ1は、sTTI長が1スロットであるULキャリア1及び2とDLキャリア1と、を含んで構成される。また、sTTIグループ2は、sTTI長が2シンボルであるULキャリア3及び4とDLキャリア2及び3と、を含んで構成される。すなわち、図3の各sTTIグループでは、DLキャリアとULキャリアのsTTI長は同一である。 FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to Case 1 of the first aspect. For example, in FIG. 3, the sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1 and 2 and a DL carrier 1 each having an sTTI length of 1 slot. The sTTI group 2 includes UL carriers 3 and 4 and DL carriers 2 and 3 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols. That is, in each sTTI group of FIG. 3, the sTTI length of the DL carrier and the UL carrier is the same.
 図3の各sTTIグループにおいて、sTTI#nにおいてsPDSCHが受信される場合、ユーザ端末は、フィードバックsTTIであるsTTI#n+kにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内のULキャリアを用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。ここで、kは、ユーザ端末の処理時間を考慮して決定される値であり、例えば、4≦k≦8であるが、これに限られない。なお、kは、時間長に応じて変更されてもよい。 In each sTTI group of FIG. 3, when sPDSCH is received in sTTI # n, the user terminal uses the UL carrier in the same sTTI group in sTTI # n + k that is the feedback sTTI to calculate the A / N of the sPDSCH. Send the included UCI. Here, k is a value determined in consideration of the processing time of the user terminal, for example, 4 ≦ k ≦ 8, but is not limited thereto. Note that k may be changed according to the time length.
 sTTI#n+kにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内のいずれのULキャリアにもsPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCH(1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH、又は、sTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH(sPUCCH))を用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 When no sPUSCH is assigned to any UL carrier in the same sTTI group in sTTI # n + k, the user terminal uses PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)). The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
 sTTI#n+kにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内の単一のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該sPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In sTTI # n + k, when an sPUSCH is assigned by a single UL carrier in the same sTTI group, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
 sTTI#n+kにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該複数のULキャリアのうちで最小のインデックス番号のULキャリアのsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In sTTI # n + k, when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers in the same sTTI group, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier with the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers, and uses the above A / N The UCI including is transmitted.
 例えば、図3のsTTIグループ1のsTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)では、ULキャリア1及び2の双方においてsPUSCHが割り当てられる。この場合、ユーザ端末は、sTTI#n+4において、ULキャリア1及び2のうちインデックス番号が小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、sTTI#nで受信したsPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 For example, in sTTI # n + 4 (here, k = 4) of sTTI group 1 in FIG. 3, sPUSCH is assigned to both UL carriers 1 and 2. In this case, in sTTI # n + 4, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received in sTTI # n using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the smaller index number among the UL carriers 1 and 2.
 また、図3のsTTIグループ2のsTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)では、ULキャリア3だけにsPUSCHが割り当てられる。この場合、ユーザ端末は、sTTI#n+4において、キャリア3のsPUSCHを用いて、sTTI#nでDLキャリア2及び3の双方で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, in sTTI # n + 4 (here, k = 4) of sTTI group 2 in FIG. 3, sPUSCH is assigned only to UL carrier 3. In this case, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received by both the DL carriers 2 and 3 in sTTI # n using the sPUSCH of the carrier 3 in sTTI # n + 4.
 同様に、図3のsTTIグループ2のsTTI#n+10では、ULキャリア4だけにsPUSCHが割り当てられる。この場合、ユーザ端末は、sTTI#n+10において、キャリア4のsPUSCHを用いて、sTTI#n+6でDLキャリア2及び3の双方で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Similarly, in sTTI # n + 10 of sTTI group 2 in FIG. 3, sPUSCH is allocated only to UL carrier 4. In this case, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received by both the DL carriers 2 and 3 at sTTI # n + 6 using the sPUSCH of the carrier 4 at sTTI # n + 10.
 また、図3のsTTIグループ2のsTTI#n+15では、ULキャリア3及び4の双方にsPUSCHが割り当てられる。この場合、ユーザ端末は、sTTI#n+15において、インデックス番号が小さいキャリア3のsPUSCHを用いて、sTTI#n+11でDLキャリア2及び3の双方で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, in sTTI # n + 15 of sTTI group 2 in FIG. 3, sPUSCH is allocated to both UL carriers 3 and 4. In this case, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH received by both the DL carriers 2 and 3 in sTTI # n + 11 using the sPUSCH of the carrier 3 having a small index number in sTTI # n + 15.
<ケース2>
 ケース2では、各sTTIグループに、同一のsTTI長のULキャリアと、当該ULキャリアとは異なるTTI長のDLキャリアが含まれる場合について説明する。以下では、ケース1との相違点を中心に説明する。
<Case 2>
Case 2 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having a TTI length different from the UL carrier. Below, it demonstrates centering on difference with the case 1. FIG.
 ケース2では、ユーザ端末は、sTTIグループ内で、sPDSCHを受信したsTTI(DL sTTI)から所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)以後に開始する最も早いULキャリアのsTTI(UL sTTI)(フィードバックsTTI)において、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In Case 2, the user terminal within the sTTI group, the sTTI (UL sTTI) of the earliest UL carrier starting after a predetermined period (eg, k DL sTTIs) from the sTTI (DL sTTI) that received the sPDSCH (feedback) In sTTI), UCI including A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
 図4は、第1の態様のケース2に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図4では、sTTIグループ1は、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア1、2及び3と、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア1と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア2及び3を含んで構成される。すなわち、図4のsTTIグループ1では、DLキャリア1-3と同一のsTTI長のULキャリアは存在しない。 FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to Case 2 of the first aspect. For example, in FIG. 4, sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1, 2, and 3 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols, DL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, and 3 is comprised. That is, in sTTI group 1 in FIG. 4, there is no UL carrier having the same sTTI length as DL carrier 1-3.
 図4に示すように、sTTIグループ内のUL sTTI長とDL sTTI長とが異なる場合、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定数のDL sTTIと同じタイミングで開始されるUL sTTIが存在するとは限らない。このため、図4では、DL sTTI#n(ここでは、k=4)でsPDSCHを受信する場合、ユーザ端末は、同じsTTIグループ内でDL sTTI#n+k以後に開始される最も早いUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 As shown in FIG. 4, when the UL sTTI length in the sTTI group is different from the DL sTTI length, there is no guarantee that there is a UL sTTI that starts at the same timing as the predetermined number of DL sTTIs from the DL sTTI that received the sPDSCH. . For this reason, in FIG. 4, when receiving sPDSCH in DL sTTI # n (here, k = 4), the user terminal transmits the earliest UL sTTI (feedback) started after DL sTTI # n + k in the same sTTI group. sTTI) is used to transmit the UCI including the sPDSCH A / N.
 当該フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内のいずれのULキャリアにもsPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCH(1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH、又は、sTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH(sPUCCH))を用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 If no sPUSCH is assigned to any UL carrier in the same sTTI group in the feedback sTTI, the user terminal uses PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)). The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
 当該フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内の単一のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該sPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned by a single UL carrier in the same sTTI group, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
 当該フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該複数のULキャリアのうちで最小のインデックス番号のULキャリアのsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers in the same sTTI group, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier with the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers to The UCI including is transmitted.
 例えば、図4では、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nでsPDSCHを受信するので、同じsTTIグループ1において、当該DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)以後の最も早いUL sTTI#n+8で、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。図4のUL sTTI#n+8では、ULキャリア1及び2の双方でsPUSCHがユーザ端末に割り当てられる。このため、UL sTTI#n+8において、ユーザ端末は、インデックス番号が最も小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 For example, in FIG. 4, the user terminal receives sPDSCH in DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1, and therefore, in the same sTTI group 1, after DL sTTI # n + 4 (here, k = 4) of the DL carrier 1 The UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted by the earliest UL sTTI # n + 8. In UL sTTI # n + 8 in FIG. 4, sPUSCH is allocated to the user terminal in both UL carriers 1 and 2. For this reason, in UL sTTI # n + 8, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the smallest index number.
 また、図4では、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#nでsPDSCHを受信するので、同じsTTIグループ1において、当該DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)以後の最も早いUL sTTI#n+3で、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。図4のUL sTTI#n+3では、ULキャリア1、2及び3でsPUSCHがユーザ端末に割り当てられる。このため、UL sTTI#n+3において、ユーザ端末は、インデックス番号が最も小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, in FIG. 4, since the user terminal receives the sPDSCH on DL sTTI # n of DL carriers 2 and 3, in the same sTTI group 1, DL sTTI # n + 4 of DL carriers 2 and 3 (here, k = 4) The UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted by the earliest UL sTTI # n + 3 thereafter. In UL sTTI # n + 3 in FIG. 4, sPUSCH is allocated to user terminals in UL carriers 1, 2 and 3. For this reason, in UL sTTI # n + 3, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the smallest index number.
 また、図4では、DLキャリア1のsTTI長と、DLキャリア2及び3のsTTI長とが異なるため、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nで受信したA/Nの送信タイミングと、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+10で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nの送信タイミングと、が同一となる。すなわち、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)以後の最も早いUL sTTIと、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+10+4(ここでは、k=4)以後の最も早いUL sTTIとは、同一のUL sTTI#n+8である。 In FIG. 4, since the sTTI length of DL carrier 1 is different from the sTTI length of DL carriers 2 and 3, the transmission timing of A / N received by DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1, DL carrier 2 and The transmission timing of A / N of sPDSCH received by 3 DL sTTI # n + 10 is the same. That is, the earliest UL sTTI after DL sTTI # n + 4 (here, k = 4) of DL carrier 1 and the earliest UL sTTI after DL sTTI # n + 10 + 4 (here, k = 4) of DL carriers 2 and 3 Is the same UL sTTI # n + 8.
 したがって、図4において、ユーザ端末は、UL sTTI#n+8において割り当てられる最もインデックス番号が小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nで受信したsPDSCHのA/Nと、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+10で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nとを含むUCIを送信する。 Therefore, in FIG. 4, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 with the smallest index number assigned in UL sTTI # n + 8, and uses the sPDSCH A / N received in DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 and DL The UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received in the DL sTTI # n + 10 of the carriers 2 and 3 is transmitted.
<ケース3>
 ケース3では、各sTTIグループに、同一のsTTI長のULキャリアと、当該ULキャリアとは同一及び異なるsTTI長のDLキャリアが含まれる場合について説明する。以下では、ケース1、2との相違点を中心に説明する。
<Case 3>
Case 3 describes a case where each sTTI group includes a UL carrier having the same sTTI length and a DL carrier having the same and different sTTI length from the UL carrier. Below, it demonstrates centering on difference with Case 1,2.
 ケース3において、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTI長のULキャリアがsTTIグループ内に存在する場合、当該sTTIグループ内で、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)後のUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In Case 3, when a UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH exists in the sTTI group, the user terminal within the sTTI group has received a predetermined period (for example, k k) from the DL sTTI that has received the sPDSCH. The UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted using the UL sTTI (feedback sTTI) after DL sTTIs.
 一方、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTI長のULキャリアがsTTIグループ内に存在しない場合、当該sTTIグループ内で、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)以後に開始する最も早いUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 On the other hand, when the UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that received the sPDSCH does not exist in the sTTI group, the user terminal within the sTTI group, for a predetermined period (for example, k pieces of DL sTTI received the sPDSCH) The UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted using the earliest UL sTTI (feedback sTTI) starting after (DL sTTI).
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内のいずれのULキャリアにもsPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCH(1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH、又は、sTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH(sPUCCH))を用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when no sPUSCH is assigned to any UL carrier in the same sTTI group, the user terminal uses PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)). The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内の単一のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該sPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned by a single UL carrier in the same sTTI group, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同じsTTIグループ内の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該複数のULキャリアのうちで最小のインデックス番号のULキャリアのsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers in the same sTTI group, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier with the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers, and uses the A / N The UCI including is transmitted.
 図5は、第1の態様のケース3に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図5では、sTTIグループ1は、sTTI長が1スロットであるULキャリア1及び2と、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア1と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア2及び3を含んで構成される。すなわち、図5のsTTIグループ1では、DLキャリア1と同一のsTTI長のULキャリアは存在するが、DLキャリア2及び3と同一のsTTI長のULキャリアは存在しない。 FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to Case 3 of the first aspect. For example, in FIG. 5, sTTI group 1 includes UL carriers 1 and 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, and DL carriers 2 and 3 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols. Consists of including. That is, in the sTTI group 1 in FIG. 5, there is an UL carrier having the same sTTI length as that of the DL carrier 1, but there is no UL carrier having the same sTTI length as that of the DL carriers 2 and 3.
 例えば、図5では、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nでsPDSCHを受信する。この場合、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア1からDL sTTI#nから4個のDL sTTI後のULキャリア1のUL sTTI#n+4において、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。図5のUL sTTI#n+4では、ULキャリア1及び2の双方でsPUSCHがユーザ端末に割り当てられるため、当該ユーザ端末は、インデックス番号が最も小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 For example, in FIG. 5, the user terminal receives sPDSCH on DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1. In this case, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH in the UL sTTI # n + 4 of the UL carrier 1 after the DL sTTI # n to the DL sTTI # n. In UL sTTI # n + 4 in FIG. 5, since the sPUSCH is assigned to the user terminal in both UL carriers 1 and 2, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 with the smallest index number to perform the above A / N. Send the included UCI.
 また、図5では、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#nでsPDSCHを受信する。この場合、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#nから4個のDL sTTI以後で最も早いUL sTTI#n+2で、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。図5のUL sTTI#n+2では、ULキャリア2でsPUSCHがユーザ端末に割り当てられるため、当該ユーザ端末は、ULキャリア2のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Further, in FIG. 5, the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n of DL carriers 2 and 3. In this case, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH with the earliest UL sTTI # n + 2 after the DL sTTI # n of the DL carriers 2 and 3 from the DL sTTI # n. In UL sTTI # n + 2 in FIG. 5, since the sPUSCH is assigned to the user terminal in the UL carrier 2, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2.
 また、図5では、DLキャリア1のsTTI長と、DLキャリア2及び3のsTTI長とが異なるため、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nで受信したA/Nの送信タイミングと、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+10で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nの送信タイミングと、が同一となる。すなわち、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)以後の最も早いUL sTTIと、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+10+4(ここでは、k=4)以後の最も早いUL sTTIとは、同一のUL sTTI#n+4である。 In FIG. 5, since the sTTI length of DL carrier 1 is different from the sTTI length of DL carriers 2 and 3, the transmission timing of A / N received by DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1, DL carrier 2 and The transmission timing of A / N of sPDSCH received by 3 DL sTTI # n + 10 is the same. That is, the earliest UL sTTI after DL sTTI # n + 4 (here, k = 4) of DL carrier 1 and the earliest UL sTTI after DL sTTI # n + 10 + 4 (here, k = 4) of DL carriers 2 and 3 Is the same UL sTTI # n + 4.
 したがって、図5において、ユーザ端末は、UL sTTI#n+4において割り当てられる最もインデックス番号が小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nで受信したsPDSCHのA/Nと、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#n+10で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nとを含むUCIを送信する。 Therefore, in FIG. 5, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 with the smallest index number assigned in UL sTTI # n + 4, and uses the sPDSCH A / N received in DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 and DL The UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received in the DL sTTI # n + 10 of the carriers 2 and 3 is transmitted.
 以上のケース1-3の少なくとも一つは、組み合わせることができ、sTTIグループ毎に異なる構成が用いられてもよい。例えば、sTTIグループ1は、ケース2又は3で説明したように、ULキャリアと異なるsTTI長のDLキャリアを含んで構成され、sTTIグループ2は、ケース1で説明したように、ULキャリアと異なるsTTI長のDLキャリアを含まずに(すなわち、同一のsTTI長のULキャリア及びDLキャリアのみ)を含んで構成されてもよい。 At least one of the above cases 1-3 can be combined, and a different configuration may be used for each sTTI group. For example, the sTTI group 1 includes a DL carrier having an sTTI length different from the UL carrier as described in the case 2 or 3, and the sTTI group 2 includes an sTTI different from the UL carrier as described in the case 1. It may be configured so as not to include a long DL carrier (that is, only a UL carrier and a DL carrier having the same sTTI length).
 以上のように、第1の態様では、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTIグループ内で、当該A/Nを含むUCIを送信するULキャリアを決定する。各sTTIグループには、同一のsTTI長のULキャリアだけが含まれるので、ユーザ端末は、当該ULキャリアにおけるPUSCHの割り当てに基づいて、UCIを送信するULキャリアを容易に決定することができる。 As described above, in the first mode, the user terminal determines the UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N within the same sTTI group as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH. Since each sTTI group includes only the UL carrier having the same sTTI length, the user terminal can easily determine the UL carrier that transmits the UCI based on the PUSCH allocation in the UL carrier.
(第2の態様)
 第2の態様では、ユーザ端末が、sTTIグループを設定せずに、sPUSCHが割り当てられる一以上のULキャリアのsTTI長(TTI長)に基づいて、当該一以上のULキャリアのうちで、UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定する。第2の態様では、無線基地局からUCIを送信するキャリアは明示的には指示されず、ユーザ端末が黙示的に当該キャリアを決定する。
(Second aspect)
In the second aspect, the user terminal sets the UCI among the one or more UL carriers based on the sTTI length (TTI length) of one or more UL carriers to which the sPUSCH is assigned without setting the sTTI group. The UL carrier to be transmitted is determined. In the second aspect, the carrier that transmits the UCI from the radio base station is not explicitly indicated, and the user terminal implicitly determines the carrier.
 第2の態様において、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTI長のULキャリアがユーザ端末に設定される場合、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)後のUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the second aspect, when a UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH is set in the user terminal, the user terminal can perform a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that has received the sPDSCH. ) Using the subsequent UL sTTI (feedback sTTI), the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
 一方、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTI長のULキャリアがユーザ端末に設定されない場合、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)以後に開始する最も早いUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 On the other hand, when the UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that received the sPDSCH is not set in the user terminal, the user terminal starts after a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that received the sPDSCH. Using the earliest UL sTTI (feedback sTTI), the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、ユーザ端末に設定されるいずれのULキャリアにもsPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCH(1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH、又は、sTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH(sPUCCH))を用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 When no sPUSCH is assigned to any UL carrier set in the user terminal in the feedback sTTI, the user terminal uses the PUCCH (PUCCH assigned to 1 ms TTI or PUCCH assigned to sTTI (sPUCCH)). Is used to transmit the UCI including the A / N.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、単一のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該sPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned with a single UL carrier, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、同一のsTTI長の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該複数のULキャリアのうちで最小のインデックス番号のULキャリアのsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers having the same sTTI length, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier having the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers, and uses the above A / N. The UCI including is transmitted.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、異なるsTTI長の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該複数のULキャリアのsTTI長に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信するULキャリアを決定する。 In the feedback sTTI, when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers having different sTTI lengths, the user terminal determines a UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N based on the sTTI lengths of the plurality of UL carriers. To do.
 例えば、ユーザ端末は、sTTI長が最も短いULキャリアを選択してもよいし、sTTI長が最も長いULキャリアを選択してもよい。sTTI長が最も短い(又は、最も長い)複数のULキャリアが存在する場合、ユーザ端末は、当該複数のULキャリアのうちで最小のインデックス番号のULキャリアのsPUSCHを選択してもよい。 For example, the user terminal may select the UL carrier with the shortest sTTI length, or may select the UL carrier with the longest sTTI length. When there are a plurality of UL carriers having the shortest (or longest) sTTI length, the user terminal may select the sPUSCH of the UL carrier having the smallest index number among the plurality of UL carriers.
 図6は、第2の態様に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図6では、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア1、ULキャリア1と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア2及び3、ULキャリア3及び4と、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア2とがユーザ端末に対して設定されるものとする。 FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to the second mode. For example, in FIG. 6, DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 1 whose sTTI length is 1 slot, DL carriers 2 and 3 whose sTTI length is 2 symbols, UL carriers 3 and 4, and UL whose sTTI length is 4 symbols Assume that carrier 2 is set for the user terminal.
 例えば、図6に示すように、ユーザ端末が、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#nでsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#nの4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア3及び4のUL sTTI#n+4である。当該UL sTTI#n+4では、ULキャリア3及び4の双方でsPUSCHが割り当てられているため、ユーザ端末は、インデックス番号が小さいULキャリア3のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 For example, as illustrated in FIG. 6, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH in DL sTTI # n of DL carriers 2 and 3, the UCI feedback sTTI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is It is UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carriers 3 and 4 after 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4) of DL sTTI # n. In the UL sTTI # n + 4, since the sPUSCH is allocated to both the UL carriers 3 and 4, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3 having a small index number. .
 また、図6に示すように、ユーザ端末が、DLキャリア3のDL sTTI#n+8でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、当該DLキャリア3のDL sTTI#n+8+4(ここでは、k=4)以後に開始される最も早いUL sTTIであり、ここでは、ULキャリア2のUL sTTI#n+7と、ULキャリア3及び4のUL sTTI#n+12である。図6では、ULキャリア2のsTTI#n+7だけにsPUSCHが割り当てられるため、当該ユーザ端末は、当該ULキャリア2のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 6, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n + 8 of DL carrier 3, the UCI feedback sTTI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is the DL sTTI # of the DL carrier 3 The earliest UL sTTI starting after n + 8 + 4 (here, k = 4), here UL sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 2 and UL sTTI # n + 12 of UL carriers 3 and 4. In FIG. 6, since the sPUSCH is assigned only to sTTI # n + 7 of the UL carrier 2, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2.
 また、図6では、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nで受信したsPDSCHのA/Nと、DLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+10で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nとを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、同じであり、ここでは、ULキャリア1のUL sTTI#n+4、ULキャリア2のsTTI#n+8、ULキャリア3及び4のUL sTTI#n+14である。図6では、これらの全てにsPUSCHが割り当てられており、ユーザ端末は、最もsTTI長が短いULキャリア3及び4のうち、インデックス番号が小さいULキャリア3のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, in FIG. 6, the user terminal feeds back UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received by DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 and the sPDSCH A / N received by DL sTTI # n + 10 of DL carrier 2. The sTTI is the same, and here, UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 1, sTTI # n + 8 of UL carrier 2, and UL sTTI # n + 14 of UL carriers 3 and 4. In FIG. 6, sPUSCH is allocated to all of these, and the user terminal performs the above A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3 with the smallest index number among the UL carriers 3 and 4 with the shortest sTTI length. Send the included UCI.
 図7は、第2の態様に係るUCIの送信制御の他の例を示す図である。なお、図7は、異なるsTTI長の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、sTTI長が最も短いULキャリアの代わりに、sTTI長が最も長いULキャリアを選択する点以外は、図6と同様である。 FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating another example of UCI transmission control according to the second mode. 7 is the same as FIG. 6 except that, when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers having different sTTI lengths, the UL carrier having the longest sTTI length is selected instead of the UL carrier having the shortest sTTI length. It is.
 図7では、図6と同様に、ULキャリア1のUL sTTI#n+4、ULキャリア2のUL sTTI#n+8、ULキャリア3及び4のUL sTTI#n+14の全てにおいて、sPUSCHが割り当てられる。この場合、ユーザ端末は、sTTI長が最も長いULキャリア1のsPUSCHを選択し、当該ULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、DLキャリア1のsTTI#nで受信したsPDSCHのA/NとDLキャリア2のsTTI#n+10で受信したsPDSCHのA/Nとを含むUCIを送信する。 In FIG. 7, sPUSCH is assigned to all UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 1, UL sTTI # n + 8 of UL carrier 2, UL sTTI # n + 14 of UL carriers 3 and 4, as in FIG. In this case, the user terminal selects the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the longest sTTI length, and uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 to use the sPDSCH A / N and the DL carrier 2 received by the sTTI # n of the DL carrier 1. The UCI including the sPDSCH A / N received at sTTI # n + 10 is transmitted.
 以上のように、第2の態様では、sPUSCHが割り当てられる一以上のULキャリアのsTTI長に基づいて、上記UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定する。このため、sTTIグループが設定されない場合であっても、ユーザ端末は、適切にUCIを送信できる。また、フィードバックsTTIにおいて、異なるsTTI長の複数のULキャリアにおいてsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、sTTI長が最も短いULキャリアでUCIをフィードバックする場合、遅延時間及び/または処理時間を短くし、ユーザ体感速度を改善できる。一方、sTTI長が最も長いULキャリアでUCIをフィードバックする場合、UCI送信に利用できる無線リソースの量やエネルギーを多くできるため、UCIフィードバックの信頼性・品質を高めることができる。 As described above, in the second mode, the UL carrier that transmits the UCI is determined based on the sTTI length of one or more UL carriers to which the sPUSCH is allocated. For this reason, even if the sTTI group is not set, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the UCI. In addition, in the feedback sTTI, when sPUSCH is allocated in a plurality of UL carriers having different sTTI lengths, when UCI is fed back using the UL carrier having the shortest sTTI length, the delay time and / or processing time is shortened, and the user perceived speed Can improve. On the other hand, when the UCI is fed back using the UL carrier having the longest sTTI length, the amount and energy of radio resources that can be used for UCI transmission can be increased, so that the reliability and quality of UCI feedback can be improved.
(第3の態様)
 第3の態様では、ユーザ端末が、sTTIグループを設定せずに、ULグラントに含まれる指示情報に基づいて、sPUSCHが割り当てられる一以上のULキャリアのうちで、UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定する。第3の態様は、第2の態様との相違点を中心に説明する。
(Third aspect)
In the third aspect, the user terminal determines the UL carrier that transmits the UCI among the one or more UL carriers to which the sPUSCH is allocated, based on the instruction information included in the UL grant, without setting the sTTI group. To do. The third aspect will be described focusing on the differences from the second aspect.
 第3の態様において、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTI長のULキャリアがユーザ端末に設定される場合、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)後のUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In the third aspect, when a UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that has received the sPDSCH is set in the user terminal, the user terminal can perform a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that has received the sPDSCH. ) Using the subsequent UL sTTI (feedback sTTI), the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
 一方、sPDSCHを受信したDLキャリアと同一のsTTI長のULキャリアがユーザ端末に設定されない場合、ユーザ端末は、sPDSCHを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のDL sTTI)以後に開始する最も早いUL sTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を用いて、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 On the other hand, when the UL carrier having the same sTTI length as the DL carrier that received the sPDSCH is not set in the user terminal, the user terminal starts after a predetermined period (for example, k DL sTTIs) from the DL sTTI that received the sPDSCH. Using the earliest UL sTTI (feedback sTTI), the UCI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is transmitted.
 また、ユーザ端末は、上記フィードバックsTTIのsPUSCHを割り当てるULグラント内の指示情報に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIの送信を制御する。ここで、上記ULグラント内に含まれる指示情報は、送信又は非送信を示す1ビットの情報であってもよいし(後述する指示例1)、UCIを送信するULキャリアのインデックスを示す1ビット以上の情報(例えば、3ビット)であってもよい(後述する指示例2)。 Also, the user terminal controls the transmission of the UCI including the A / N based on the instruction information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH of the feedback sTTI is allocated. Here, the instruction information included in the UL grant may be 1-bit information indicating transmission or non-transmission (instruction example 1 described later), or 1 bit indicating the index of the UL carrier transmitting the UCI. The above information (for example, 3 bits) may be used (instruction example 2 described later).
<sPUSCHの最小タイミング>
 第3の態様において、sTTI長の同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリアが用いられる場合、ULグラントによりスケジューリングされるPUSCHの最小タイミングをどのように規定するかが問題となる。ここでは、sPUSCHの最小タイミングについて説明する。当該sPUSCHの最小タイミングは、第3の態様だけでなく、第1、第2及び第4の態様で割り当てられるsPUSCHにも適用可能である。
<Minimum timing of sPUSCH>
In the third aspect, when a plurality of carriers having the same and / or different sTTI lengths are used, how to define the minimum timing of PUSCH scheduled by the UL grant becomes a problem. Here, the minimum timing of sPUSCH will be described. The minimum timing of the sPUSCH is applicable not only to the third mode but also to the sPUSCH allocated in the first, second, and fourth modes.
 ULグラントを受信したDLキャリアと、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリアのsTTI長とが同一である場合、sPUSCHの最小タイミングは、ULグラントを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のsTTI)後のUL sTTIである。 When the DL carrier that has received the UL grant and the sTTI length of the UL carrier on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are the same, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH is a predetermined period from the DL sTTI that has received the UL grant (for example, k UL sTTI).
 一方、ULグラントを受信したDLキャリアと、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリアのsTTI長とが異なる場合、sPUSCHの最小タイミングは、ULグラントを受信したDL sTTIに対応するUL TTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のUL sTTI)後のUL sTTIである。 On the other hand, when the DL carrier that received the UL grant and the sTTI length of the UL carrier on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are different, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH is predetermined from the UL TTI corresponding to the DL sTTI that received the UL grant. UL sTTI after a period (eg, k UL sTTIs).
 ここで、ULグラントを受信したDL sTTIに“対応するUL sTTI”とは、例えば、当該DL sTTIを時間的に包含するUL sTTIである。また、kは、ユーザ端末の処理時間を考慮して決定される値であり、例えば、4≦k≦8であるが、これに限られない。なお、kは、時間長に応じて変更されてもよい。 Here, the “corresponding UL sTTI” to the DL sTTI that received the UL grant is, for example, a UL sTTI that temporally includes the DL sTTI. Further, k is a value determined in consideration of the processing time of the user terminal. For example, 4 ≦ k ≦ 8, but is not limited thereto. Note that k may be changed according to the time length.
 図8は、第3の態様に係るsPUSCHの最小タイミングの一例を示す図である。例えば、図8では、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア1、ULキャリア2と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア2と、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア2とがユーザ端末に対して設定されるものとする。 FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the minimum timing of the sPUSCH according to the third aspect. For example, in FIG. 8, DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols are transmitted to a user terminal. Shall be set.
 また、図8では、DLキャリア1では、ULキャリア1のsPUSCHをスケジュールするULグラントが送信され、DLキャリア2では、ULキャリア2のsPUSCHをスケジューリングするULグラントが送信されることが予め設定されるものとする。 In FIG. 8, it is preset that DL grant 1 transmits UL grant that schedules sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 and DL carrier 2 transmits UL grant that schedules sPUSCH of UL carrier 2. Shall.
 例えば、図8では、ULグラントを受信するDLキャリア1と、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリア1のsTTI長は同一である。このため、ユーザ端末が、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nでULグラントを受信する場合、当該ULグラントによりスケジューリングされるsPUSCHの最小タイミングは、DL sTTI#nの4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4(ここでは、k=4)である。 For example, in FIG. 8, the sTTI length of the DL carrier 1 that receives the UL grant and the UL carrier 1 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are the same. For this reason, when the user terminal receives the UL grant in the DL sTTI # n of the DL carrier 1, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is UL sTTI # n + 4 (4 UL sTTI of the DL sTTI # n) Here, k = 4).
 一方、図8では、ULグラントを受信するDLキャリア2と、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリア2のsTTI長は異なる。このため、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア2のDL sTTI#nでULグラントを受信する場合、当該ULグラントによりスケジューリングされるsPUSCHの最小タイミングは、当該DL sTTI#nに対応するULキャリア2のUL sTTI#nから4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4である。 On the other hand, in FIG. 8, the sTTI lengths of the DL carrier 2 that receives the UL grant and the UL carrier 2 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are different. Therefore, when the user terminal receives the UL grant in the DL sTTI # n of the DL carrier 2, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is the UL sTTI of the UL carrier 2 corresponding to the DL sTTI # n. It is UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4UL sTTI from #n.
 また、図8では、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+9でULグラントを受信する場合、当該ULグラントによりスケジューリングされるsPUSCHの最小タイミングは、当該DL sTTI#n+9に対応するULキャリア2のUL sTTI#n+4から4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+8である。 In FIG. 8, when the user terminal receives the UL grant with DL sTTI # n + 9 of DL carrier 2, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is UL carrier 2 corresponding to the DL sTTI # n + 9. From UL sTTI # n + 4 to UL sTTI # n + 8 after 4UL sTTI.
<指示例1>
 指示例1では、フィードバックsTTIにおけるUCIの送信制御に用いられるULグラントの指示情報が、送信又は非送信を示す1ビットの情報である場合について説明する。例えば、指示情報が“1”である場合、送信を示し、“0”である場合、非送信を示す。
<Instruction Example 1>
In the instruction example 1, a case will be described in which UL grant instruction information used for UCI transmission control in the feedback sTTI is 1-bit information indicating transmission or non-transmission. For example, when the instruction information is “1”, it indicates transmission, and when it is “0”, it indicates non-transmission.
 具体的には、A/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIにおいて、ユーザ端末に設定されるいずれのULキャリアにもsPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCH(1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH、又は、sTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH(sPUCCH))を用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Specifically, in the UCI feedback sTTI including A / N, when the sPUSCH is not allocated to any UL carrier set in the user terminal, the user terminal is notified of the PUCCH (the PUCCH allocated to the 1 ms TTI, Alternatively, the UCI including the A / N is transmitted using PUCCH (sPUCCH) allocated to sTTI.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、単一のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該sPUSCHを割り当てるULグラント内の指示情報に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIの送信を制御する。例えば、ユーザ端末は、当該指示情報が“1”である場合、当該sPUSCHを用いて上記UCIを送信し、“0”である場合、当該sPUSCHを用いた上記UCIの送信を行わない。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned by a single UL carrier, the user terminal controls the transmission of the UCI including the A / N based on the instruction information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH is assigned. For example, when the instruction information is “1”, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH, and when the instruction information is “0”, the user terminal does not transmit the UCI using the sPUSCH.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、複数のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、当該sPUSCHを割り当てる複数のULグラントのうち、最も直近に受信したULグラント内の指示情報に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIの送信を制御する。例えば、指示情報が“1”である直近のULグラントが一つだけ存在する場合、ユーザ端末は、当該ULグラントにより割り当てられるsPUSCHを用いて、上記UCIを送信する。また、指示情報が“1”である直近のULグラントが複数存在する場合、ユーザ端末は、最もインデックス番号が小さいsPUSCHを用いて、上記UCIを送信する。これにより、UCIを送信するULキャリアを1つに限定することができるため、送信電力が不足するような場合に、UCIを含むULキャリアに優先的に送信電力を割り振る制御などを容易に行うことができる。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned by a plurality of UL carriers, the UCI including the A / N is based on the most recently received instruction information in the UL grant among the plurality of UL grants to which the sPUSCH is assigned. Control transmission. For example, when there is only one latest UL grant whose instruction information is “1”, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH allocated by the UL grant. When there are a plurality of the latest UL grants whose instruction information is “1”, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH having the smallest index number. As a result, it is possible to limit the number of UL carriers that transmit UCI to one. Therefore, when transmission power is insufficient, control for preferentially allocating transmission power to UL carriers including UCI is easily performed. Can do.
 図9は、第3の態様の指示例1に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図9では、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア1、ULキャリア1と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア2、3及び4、ULキャリア4と、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア2及び3とがユーザ端末に対して設定されるものとする。 FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to the instruction example 1 of the third mode. For example, in FIG. 9, DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carriers 2, 3 and 4, sTTI length being 2 symbols, UL carrier 4, and UL having an sTTI length of 4 symbols Assume that carriers 2 and 3 are set for the user terminal.
 また、図9では、DLキャリア1、2、3、4のULグラントにより、それぞれ、ULキャリア1、2、3、4のsPUSCHがスケジューリングされることが予め設定されるものとする。 In FIG. 9, it is assumed that the sPUSCHs of UL carriers 1, 2, 3, and 4 are scheduled in advance by the UL grants of DL carriers 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively.
 例えば、図9では、DLキャリア1とULキャリア1のsTTI長は同一である。このため、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nのULグラントにより、当該DL sTTI#nから4sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。 For example, in FIG. 9, the sTTI length of DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 1 is the same. For this reason, the UL sPUSCH of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 is assigned sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 sTTI from the DL sTTI # n.
 また、図9では、DLキャリア4とULキャリア4のsTTI長は同一である。このため、DLキャリア4のDL sTTI#nのULグラントにより、4sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。同様に、DLキャリア4のDL sTTI#n+10のULグラントにより、4sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+14のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。 In FIG. 9, the DL carrier 4 and the UL carrier 4 have the same sTTI length. For this reason, the UL sPTI of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 4 is assigned to sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 sTTI. Similarly, UL sPUTI of 4 sTTI after DL sTTI # n + 10 of DL carrier 4 is allocated.
 一方、図9では、DLキャリア2及び3とULキャリア2及び3のsTTI長は異なる。このため、DLキャリア2及び3のDL sTTI#nのULグラントにより、DL sTTI#nに対応するULキャリア2及び3のUL sTTI#nから4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。また、DLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+7のULグラントにより、DL sTTI#n+7に対応するULキャリア2のUL sTTI#n+4から4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+8のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。また、DLキャリア3のDL sTTI#n+8のULグラントにより、DL sTTI#n+8にそれぞれ対応するULキャリア3のUL sTTI#n+4から4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+8のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。 On the other hand, in FIG. 9, the sTTI lengths of DL carriers 2 and 3 and UL carriers 2 and 3 are different. For this reason, the UL grant of DL sTTI # n of DL carriers 2 and 3 is assigned sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after UL sTTI # n of UL carriers 2 and 3 corresponding to DL sTTI # n. Also, UL sTTI # n + 7 of UL sTTI # n + 7 corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 7 is assigned UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 2 corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 7, and sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 8 after UL sTTI is allocated. In addition, UL sPUTI of DL sTTI # n + 8 of DL carrier 3 is assigned sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 8 after UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 3 corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 8 respectively.
 図9に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+3でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア1のUL sTTI#n+2、ULキャリア2及び3のUL sTTI#n+4、ULキャリア4のsTTI#n+7である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア2及び3でsPUSCHが割り当てられており、最も直近のULグラントにより割り当てられるのは、ULキャリア2及び3の複数のsPUSCHである。当該複数のsPUSCHを割り当てるULグラントの指示情報はともに“1”である。したがって、ユーザ端末は、インデックス番号が小さいULキャリア2のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 As shown in FIG. 9, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n + 3 of DL carrier 2, UCI feedback sTTI including A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4) UL sTTI # n + 2 of UL carrier 1, UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carriers 2 and 3, and sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 4. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 2 and 3, and the plurality of sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 2 and 3 are assigned by the latest UL grant. The UL grant instruction information to which the plurality of sPUSCHs are assigned is “1”. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2 having a small index number.
 また、図9に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+10でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア1のUL sTTI#n+4、ULキャリア2及び3のUL sTTI#n+8、ULキャリア4のsTTI#n+14である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア1-4の全てでsPUSCHが割り当てられており、最も直近のULグラントにより割り当てられるのは、ULキャリア3のsPUSCHである。当該最も直近のULグラントの指示情報は“1”である。したがって、ユーザ端末は、ULキャリア3のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, as shown in FIG. 9, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH on DL sTTI # n + 10 of DL carrier 2, UCI feedback sTTI including A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4 ) UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carrier 1 later, UL sTTI # n + 8 of UL carriers 2 and 3, and sTTI # n + 14 of UL carrier 4. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to all the UL carriers 1-4, and the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3 is assigned by the latest UL grant. The latest UL grant instruction information is “1”. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 3.
 なお、指示情報が“1”である直近のULグラントが複数存在する場合、これらのULグラントが割り当てるすべてのsPUSCHにUCIをコピーし、送信してもよい。これにより、複数のULキャリアでUCIを送信できるので、ダイバーシチ効果が得られ、UCIの信頼性を高めることができる。例えば、図9に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+3でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア1のUL sTTI#n+2、ULキャリア2及び3のUL sTTI#n+4、ULキャリア4のsTTI#n+7である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア2及び3でsPUSCHが割り当てられており、最も直近のULグラントにより割り当てられるのは、ULキャリア2及び3の複数のsPUSCHである。当該複数のsPUSCHを割り当てるULグラントの指示情報はともに“1”である。したがって、ユーザ端末は、ULキャリア2およびULキャリア3のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 When there are a plurality of the latest UL grants whose instruction information is “1”, the UCI may be copied to all sPUSCHs assigned by these UL grants and transmitted. Thereby, since UCI can be transmitted with a plurality of UL carriers, a diversity effect can be obtained and the reliability of UCI can be improved. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n + 3 of DL carrier 2, UCI feedback sTTI including A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4 ) UL sTTI # n + 2 of UL carrier 1 later, UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carriers 2 and 3, and sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 4. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 2 and 3, and the plurality of sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 2 and 3 are assigned by the latest UL grant. The UL grant instruction information to which the plurality of sPUSCHs are assigned is “1”. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2 and the UL carrier 3.
<指示例2>
 指示例2では、フィードバックsTTIにおけるUCIの送信制御に用いられるULグラントの指示情報が、UCIを送信するULキャリアのインデックスを示す1ビット以上の情報(例えば、3ビット)である場合について説明する。例えば、指示情報が3ビットである場合、各ビット値がULキャリアのインデックス番号を示してもよい。
<Instruction Example 2>
In the instruction example 2, a case will be described in which the UL grant instruction information used for UCI transmission control in the feedback sTTI is information of 1 bit or more (for example, 3 bits) indicating the index of the UL carrier transmitting the UCI. For example, when the instruction information is 3 bits, each bit value may indicate the index number of the UL carrier.
 具体的には、A/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIにおいて、ユーザ端末に設定されるいずれのULキャリアにもsPUSCHが割り当てられていない場合、ユーザ端末は、PUCCH(1msのTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH、又は、sTTIに割り当てられるPUCCH(sPUCCH))を用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Specifically, in the UCI feedback sTTI including A / N, when the sPUSCH is not allocated to any UL carrier set in the user terminal, the user terminal is notified of the PUCCH (the PUCCH allocated to the 1 ms TTI, Alternatively, the UCI including the A / N is transmitted using PUCCH (sPUCCH) allocated to sTTI.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、単一のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、ユーザ端末は、当該sPUSCHを割り当てるULグラント内の指示情報が当該ULキャリアのインデックス番号を示す場合、当該sPUSCHを用いて上記UCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned with a single UL carrier, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH to indicate the UCI when the indication information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH is assigned indicates the index number of the UL carrier. Send.
 上記フィードバックsTTIにおいて、複数のULキャリアでsPUSCHが割り当てられる場合、当該sPUSCHを割り当てる複数のULグラントのうち、最も直近に受信したULグラント内の指示情報に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIの送信を制御する。例えば、直近のULグラントが一つだけ存在し、当該ULグラント内の指示情報が示すULキャリアのsPUSCHを用いて、上記UCIを送信する。 In the feedback sTTI, when the sPUSCH is assigned by a plurality of UL carriers, the UCI including the A / N is based on the most recently received instruction information in the UL grant among the plurality of UL grants to which the sPUSCH is assigned. Control transmission. For example, there is only one latest UL grant, and the UCI is transmitted using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier indicated by the instruction information in the UL grant.
 また、指示情報が同じ値である直近のULグラントが複数存在する場合、ユーザ端末は、当該値が示すULキャリアのsPUSCHを用いて、上記UCIを送信する。一方、指示情報が異なる値である直近のULグラントが複数存在する場合、ユーザ端末は、最もインデックス番号が小さいsPUSCHを用いて、上記UCIを送信する。これにより、UCIを送信するULキャリアを1つに限定することができるため、送信電力が不足するような場合に、UCIを含むULキャリアに優先的に送信電力を割り振る制御などを容易に行うことができる。 Also, when there are a plurality of nearest UL grants having the same value in the instruction information, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier indicated by the value. On the other hand, when there are a plurality of nearest UL grants having different values of the instruction information, the user terminal transmits the UCI using the sPUSCH having the smallest index number. As a result, it is possible to limit the number of UL carriers that transmit UCI to one. Therefore, when transmission power is insufficient, control for preferentially allocating transmission power to UL carriers including UCI is easily performed. Can do.
 図10は、第3の態様の指示例2に係るUCIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図10では、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア0、ULキャリア0と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア1及び2、ULキャリア4と、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア1及び2とがユーザ端末に対して設定されるものとする。 FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of UCI transmission control according to the instruction example 2 of the third mode. For example, in FIG. 10, DL carrier 0 and UL carrier 0 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carriers 1 and 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, UL carrier 4, and an UL carrier 1 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols And 2 are set for the user terminal.
 また、図10では、DLキャリア0、1、2、3のULグラントにより、それぞれ、ULキャリア0、1、2、3のsPUSCHがスケジューリングされることが予め設定されるものとする。 In FIG. 10, it is assumed that the sPUSCHs of UL carriers 0, 1, 2, and 3 are scheduled in advance by the UL grants of DL carriers 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
 例えば、図10では、DLキャリア0とULキャリア0のsTTI長は同一である。このため、DLキャリア0のDL sTTI#nのULグラントにより、当該DL sTTI#nから4sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。 For example, in FIG. 10, the sTTI length of DL carrier 0 and UL carrier 0 is the same. For this reason, the UL grant of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 0 allocates the sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 sTTI from the DL sTTI # n.
 また、図10では、DLキャリア3とULキャリア3のsTTI長は同一である。このため、DLキャリア3のDL sTTI#nのULグラントにより、4sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。 In FIG. 10, the sTTI lengths of the DL carrier 3 and the UL carrier 3 are the same. For this reason, the UL sTTI # n + 4 sPUSCH after 4 sTTI is allocated by the DL sTTI # n UL grant of the DL carrier 3.
 一方、図10では、DLキャリア1及び2とULキャリア1及び2のsTTI長は異なる。このため、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nのULグラントにより、DL sTTI#nに対応するULキャリア1のUL sTTI#nから4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。DLキャリア2のDL sTTI#n+1のULグラントにより、DL sTTI#n+1に対応するULキャリア2のUL sTTI#nから4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。同様に、DLキャリア1及び2のDL sTTI#n+5のULグラントにより、UL sTTI#n+7のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。また、DLキャリア1及び2のDL sTTI#n+7のULグラントにより、UL sTTI#n+8のsPUSCHが割り当てられる。 On the other hand, in FIG. 10, the sTTI lengths of DL carriers 1 and 2 and UL carriers 1 and 2 are different. For this reason, the UL grant of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1 assigns sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 4 after UL sTTI # n of UL carrier 1 corresponding to DL sTTI # n to 4UL sTTI. DL sTTI # n + 1 UL grant of DL carrier 2 assigns UL sTTI # n + 4 sPUSCH after UL sTTI # n corresponding to DL sTTI # n + 1 to UL sTTI # n of UL carrier 2. Similarly, sPUSCH of UL sTTI # n + 7 is allocated by the DL grant of DL sTTI # n + 5 of DL carriers 1 and 2. Also, UL sTTI # n + 8 sPUSCH is assigned by DL sTTI # n + 7 UL grant of DL carriers 1 and 2.
 図10に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+3でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア0のUL sTTI#n+2、ULキャリア1及び2のUL sTTI#n+4、ULキャリア3のsTTI#n+7である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア1及び2でsPUSCHが割り当てられており、当該sPUSCHを割り当てる最も直近のULグラントは、ULキャリア2のsTTI#n+1のULグラントである。したがって、ユーザ端末は、当該最も直近のULグラントの指示情報“010”が示すインデックス番号2のULキャリア2のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 As shown in FIG. 10, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n + 3 of DL carrier 1, UCI feedback sTTI including A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4) UL sTTI # n + 2 of UL carrier 0, UL sTTI # n + 4 of UL carriers 1 and 2, and sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 3. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 1 and 2, and the nearest UL grant to which the sPUSCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 1 UL grant of the UL carrier 2. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the UCI including the A / N using the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 2 with the index number 2 indicated by the latest UL grant instruction information “010”.
 また、図10に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+8でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア1及び2のUL sTTI#n+7及びULキャリア3の#n+12である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア1及び2でsPUSCHが割り当てられており、当該sPSUCHを割り当てる最も直近のULグラントは、キャリア1及び2のsTTI#n+5のULグラントである。当該ULキャリア1及び2のsPUSCHを割り当てるULグラントには、それぞれ異なる値“010”及び“001”の指示情報が含まれるため、ユーザ端末は、インデックス番号が小さいULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, as shown in FIG. 10, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH with DL sTTI # n + 8 of DL carrier 1, UCI feedback sTTI including A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4 ) UL sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 1 and 2 later and # n + 12 of UL carrier 3. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 1 and 2, and the nearest UL grant to which the sPSUCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 5 UL grant of the carriers 1 and 2. Since the UL grants to which the sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 1 and 2 are assigned include different instruction information “010” and “001”, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having a small index number, The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
 また、図10に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+10でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア0のUL sTTI#4、ULキャリア1及び2のUL sTTI#n+8、ULキャリア3のsTTI#n+14である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア0、1及び2でsPUSCHが割り当てられており、当該sPSUCHを割り当てる最も直近のULグラントは、キャリア1及び2のsTTI#n+7のULグラントである。当該ULキャリア1及び2のsPUSCHを割り当てるULグラントには、それぞれ同一の値“001”の指示情報が含まれるため、ユーザ端末は、当該“001”が示すインデックス番号のULキャリア1のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 Also, as shown in FIG. 10, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH with DL sTTI # n + 10 of DL carrier 1, UCI feedback sTTI including A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4 ) UL sTTI # 4 of UL carrier 0 later, UL sTTI # n + 8 of UL carriers 1 and 2, and sTTI # n + 14 of UL carrier 3. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 0, 1 and 2, and the most recent UL grant to which the sPSUCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 7 UL grant of the carriers 1 and 2. Since the UL grants to which the sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 1 and 2 are assigned include the instruction information having the same value “001”, the user terminal uses the sPUSCH of the UL carrier 1 having the index number indicated by the “001”. Then, the UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
 なお、指示情報が異なる値である直近のULグラントが複数存在する場合、これらのULグラントが割り当てるすべてのsPUSCHにUCIをコピーし、送信してもよい。これにより、複数のULキャリアでUCIを送信できるので、ダイバーシチ効果が得られ、UCIの信頼性を高めることができる。例えば、図10に示すように、ユーザ端末がDLキャリア1のDL sTTI#n+8でsPDSCHを受信する場合、当該sPDSCHのA/Nを含むUCIのフィードバックsTTIは、4DL sTTI(ここでは、k=4)後のULキャリア1及び2のUL sTTI#n+7及びULキャリア3の#n+12である。このタイミングでは、ULキャリア1及び2でsPUSCHが割り当てられており、当該sPSUCHを割り当てる最も直近のULグラントは、キャリア1及び2のsTTI#n+5のULグラントである。当該ULキャリア1及び2のsPUSCHを割り当てるULグラントには、それぞれ異なる値“010”及び“001”の指示情報が含まれるため、ユーザ端末は、ULキャリア1およびULキャリア2のsPUSCHを用いて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信する。 In addition, when there are a plurality of recent UL grants having different values for the instruction information, UCI may be copied to all sPUSCHs assigned by these UL grants and transmitted. Thereby, since UCI can be transmitted with a plurality of UL carriers, a diversity effect can be obtained and the reliability of UCI can be improved. For example, as shown in FIG. 10, when the user terminal receives sPDSCH by DL sTTI # n + 8 of DL carrier 1, the UCI feedback sTTI including the A / N of the sPDSCH is 4DL sTTI (here, k = 4 ) UL sTTI # n + 7 of UL carrier 1 and 2 later and # n + 12 of UL carrier 3. At this timing, the sPUSCH is assigned to the UL carriers 1 and 2, and the nearest UL grant to which the sPSUCH is assigned is the sTTI # n + 5 UL grant of the carriers 1 and 2. Since the UL grants to which the sPUSCHs of the UL carriers 1 and 2 are assigned include different instruction information “010” and “001”, the user terminal uses the sPUSCHs of the UL carrier 1 and the UL carrier 2, The UCI including the A / N is transmitted.
 以上のように、第3の態様では、sPUSCHを割り当てるULグラント内の指示情報に基づいて、上記UCIを送信するULキャリアが決定される。このため、sTTIグループが設定されない場合であっても、ユーザ端末は、適切にUCIを送信できる。 As described above, in the third mode, the UL carrier that transmits the UCI is determined based on the instruction information in the UL grant to which the sPUSCH is allocated. For this reason, even if the sTTI group is not set, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the UCI.
(第4の態様)
 第4の態様では、非周期のCSIを含むUCIの送信制御について説明する。当該UCIは、CSI単独で構成されてもよいし、CSIに加えて、A/N及び/又はSRを含んでもよい。第4の態様は、第1-第3の態様のいずれかと組み合わせることが可能であり、第1-第3の態様との相違点を中心に説明する。
(Fourth aspect)
In the fourth aspect, UCI transmission control including aperiodic CSI will be described. The UCI may be composed of CSI alone, or may include A / N and / or SR in addition to CSI. The fourth aspect can be combined with any of the first to third aspects, and will be described focusing on the differences from the first to third aspects.
 第4の態様において、ユーザ端末は、CSIの送信要求情報を含むULグラントを受信する。ユーザ端末は、当該ULグラントを受信するDL sTTIに対応するUL sTTIというから所定数以後のUL TTIにおいて、当該ULグラントにより割り当てられるPUSCHを用いたCSI(以下、非周期CSIという)の送信を制御する(第4の態様)。 In the fourth aspect, the user terminal receives the UL grant including the CSI transmission request information. The user terminal controls transmission of CSI (hereinafter referred to as aperiodic CSI) using PUSCH assigned by the UL grant in a UL TTI after a predetermined number of UL sTTI corresponding to the DL sTTI that receives the UL grant. (4th aspect).
 当該ULグラントを受信したDLキャリアと、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリアのsTTI長とが同一である場合、非周期CSIを含むsPUSCHの最小タイミングは、ULグラントを受信したDL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のsTTI)後のUL sTTIである。 When the DL carrier that received the UL grant and the sTTI length of the UL carrier on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are the same, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH including the aperiodic CSI is determined from the DL sTTI that received the UL grant. UL sTTI after a predetermined period (for example, k sTTIs).
 一方、当該ULグラントを受信したDLキャリアと、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリアのsTTI長とが異なる場合、非周期CSIを含むsPUSCHの最小タイミングは、ULグラントを受信したDL sTTIに対応するUL sTTIから所定期間(例えば、k個のUL sTTI)後のUL sTTIである。 On the other hand, when the DL carrier that received the UL grant and the sTTI length of the UL carrier on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are different, the minimum timing of the sPUSCH including the aperiodic CSI is the DL sTTI that received the UL grant. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period (for example, k UL sTTIs) from the corresponding UL sTTI.
 ここで、当該ULグラントを受信したDL sTTIに対応するUL sTTIとは、例えば、当該DL sTTIを時間的に包含するUL sTTIである。また、kは、ユーザ端末の処理時間を考慮して決定される値であり、例えば、4≦k≦8であるが、これに限られない。なお、kは、時間長に応じて変更されてもよい。 Here, the UL sTTI corresponding to the DL sTTI that received the UL grant is, for example, the UL sTTI that temporally includes the DL sTTI. Further, k is a value determined in consideration of the processing time of the user terminal. For example, 4 ≦ k ≦ 8, but is not limited thereto. Note that k may be changed according to the time length.
 また、CSIの送信要求情報は、非周期CSIの送信を要求する情報であり、例えば、Aperiodic(A)-CS trigger、CSI要求フィールドの値などであってもよい。ULグラント内のCSI要求フィールド値により、非周期CSIを送信しないこと、或いは、どのCSIプロセスの非周期CSIの送信を要求するかが指示される。なお、CSIプロセスとは、DLキャリア(セル、CC)と対応する。 Also, the CSI transmission request information is information requesting transmission of aperiodic CSI, and may be, for example, Aperiodic (A) -CS trigger, the value of the CSI request field, or the like. The CSI request field value in the UL grant indicates which aperiodic CSI is not transmitted or which CSI process is requested to transmit the aperiodic CSI. The CSI process corresponds to a DL carrier (cell, CC).
 ユーザ端末は、当該ユーザ端末の能力、非周期CSIの送信要求を含むULグラントがsPUSCHをスケジューリングするタイミング(スケジューリングタイミング)の少なくとも一つに応じて、CSI情報を更新するCSIプロセスの個数X(0≦X≦M)を決定してもよい。ここで、Mは当該端末が一度に更新可能なCSIプロセスの最大数、Xは所定の条件下において当該端末が一度に更新可能なCSIプロセスの数を表す。 The user terminal has the capability X of the user terminal, and the number of CSI processes X (0) for updating the CSI information according to at least one of the timings (scheduling timings) at which the UL grant including the non-periodic CSI transmission request schedules the sPUSCH. ≦ X ≦ M) may be determined. Here, M represents the maximum number of CSI processes that the terminal can update at a time, and X represents the number of CSI processes that the terminal can update at a time under a predetermined condition.
 例えば、当該非周期CSIの送信要求を含むULグラント受信から当該ULグラントがスケジューリングするsPUSCHまでの時間長が短い場合、前記更新可能なCSIプロセス数Xは、0であってもよい。また、当該非周期CSIの送信要求を含むULグラント受信から当該ULグラントがスケジューリングするsPUSCHまでの時間長が十分長い場合、CSIプロセス数Xは、CSIプロセスの最大数Mと等しくてもよい。また、前記当該非周期CSIの送信要求を含むULグラント受信から当該ULグラントがスケジューリングするsPUSCHまでの時間長に基づき、0<X<Mを満たすXが決定されてもよい。Xの値が、非周期CSIで要求されるCSIプロセスの個数よりも小さい場合、インデックス番号の小さいCSIプロセスから更新するCSIプロセスを決定する。 For example, when the time length from UL grant reception including the transmission request of the non-periodic CSI to sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is short, the updatable CSI process number X may be zero. Further, when the time length from the UL grant reception including the transmission request of the non-periodic CSI to the sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant is sufficiently long, the CSI process number X may be equal to the maximum number M of CSI processes. Further, X satisfying 0 <X <M may be determined based on a time length from UL grant reception including the transmission request of the non-periodic CSI to sPUSCH scheduled by the UL grant. When the value of X is smaller than the number of CSI processes required in the aperiodic CSI, the CSI process to be updated is determined from the CSI process having a small index number.
 図11は、第4の態様に係る非周期CSIの送信制御の一例を示す図である。例えば、図11では、sTTI長が1スロットであるDLキャリア1、ULキャリア2と、sTTI長が2シンボルであるDLキャリア2と、sTTI長が4シンボルであるULキャリア2とがユーザ端末に対して設定されるものとする。 FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of aperiodic CSI transmission control according to the fourth aspect. For example, in FIG. 11, DL carrier 1 and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 1 slot, DL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 2 symbols, and UL carrier 2 having an sTTI length of 4 symbols are transmitted to a user terminal. Shall be set.
 また、図11では、DLキャリア1では、ULキャリア1のsPUSCHをスケジュールするULグラントが送信され、DLキャリア2では、ULキャリア2のsPUSCHをスケジューリングするULグラントが送信されることが予め設定されるものとする。 In FIG. 11, it is set in advance that UL grant for scheduling the sPUSCH of UL carrier 1 is transmitted in DL carrier 1 and UL grant for scheduling the sPUSCH in UL carrier 2 is transmitted in DL carrier 2. Shall.
 例えば、図11では、CSI要求フィールド値“10”を含むULグラントを受信するDLキャリア1と、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリア1のsTTI長は同一である。また、図11では、CSI要求フィールド値“10”は、DLキャリア1及び2に対応するCSIプロセスの非周期CSIの送信を要求するものとする。このため、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア1のDL sTTI#nの4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4において、DLキャリア1及び2に対応するCSIプロセスの非周期CSIを送信する。 For example, in FIG. 11, the sTTI length of the DL carrier 1 that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field value “10” and the UL carrier 1 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are the same. In FIG. 11, it is assumed that the CSI request field value “10” requests transmission of the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to the DL carriers 1 and 2. For this reason, the user terminal transmits the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to DL carriers 1 and 2 in UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 UL sTTI of DL sTTI # n of DL carrier 1.
 一方、図11では、CSI要求フィールド“01”を含むULグラントを受信するDLキャリア2と、当該ULグラントによりsPUSCHがスケジューリングされるULキャリア2のsTTI長は異なる。また、図11では、CSI要求フィールド値“01”は、DLキャリア2に対応するCSIプロセスの非周期CSIの送信を要求するものとする。このため、ユーザ端末は、DLキャリア2のDL sTTI#nに対応するUL sTTI#nから4UL sTTI後のUL sTTI#n+4において、DLキャリア2に対応するCSIプロセスの非周期CSIを送信する。 On the other hand, in FIG. 11, the sTTI lengths of the DL carrier 2 that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field “01” and the UL carrier 2 on which the sPUSCH is scheduled by the UL grant are different. Further, in FIG. 11, it is assumed that the CSI request field value “01” requests transmission of the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to the DL carrier 2. Therefore, the user terminal transmits the aperiodic CSI of the CSI process corresponding to the DL carrier 2 in the UL sTTI # n + 4 after 4 UL sTTI from the UL sTTI # n corresponding to the DL sTTI # n of the DL carrier 2.
 以上のように、第4の態様では、DLキャリアと同一及び/又は異なるsTTI長のULキャリアが用いられる場合でも、ユーザ端末が、非周期CSIを適切に送信することができる。 As described above, in the fourth aspect, even when a UL carrier having the same and / or different sTTI length as that of the DL carrier is used, the user terminal can appropriately transmit the aperiodic CSI.
(第5の態様)
 第5の態様では、第1~第4の態様の少なくとも一つで用いられるシグナリングについて説明する。
(5th aspect)
In the fifth aspect, signaling used in at least one of the first to fourth aspects will be described.
 第5の態様では、ユーザ端末は、当該ユーザ端末がサポートするsTTI長に関する情報(sTTI長サポート情報)を無線基地局にシグナリングしてもよい。ここで、当該sTTI長サポート情報は、当該ユーザ端末がサポートするsTTI長と、DLとULとで異なるTTI長をサポートするか否かとの少なくとも一つを示してもよい。 In the fifth aspect, the user terminal may signal information on the sTTI length supported by the user terminal (sTTI length support information) to the radio base station. Here, the sTTI length support information may indicate at least one of the sTTI length supported by the user terminal and whether to support different TTI lengths in DL and UL.
 また、第5の態様では、無線基地局は、sTTI長に関する情報(sTTI長設定情報)をユーザ端末に設定してもよい。ここで、当該sTTI長設定情報は、当該ユーザ端末が利用可能なsTTI長と、DLとULとで異なるTTI長をサポートするか否か、sTTIグループを設定するか否か、各sTTIグループの構成情報との少なくとも一つを示してもよい。 Also, in the fifth aspect, the radio base station may set information on the sTTI length (sTTI length setting information) in the user terminal. Here, the sTTI length setting information includes the sTTI length that can be used by the user terminal, whether to support different TTI lengths in DL and UL, whether to set sTTI groups, and the configuration of each sTTI group At least one of the information may be indicated.
 図12は、第5の態様に係るシグナリングの一例を示す図である。なお、図12に示すシグナリングには、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRCシグナリング)、システム情報(例えば、MIB(Master Information Block)、SIB(System Information Block))、L1/L2制御チャネル(例えば、PDCCH及び/又はEPDCCH)の少なくとも一つが用いられればよい。 FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating an example of signaling according to the fifth aspect. The signaling shown in FIG. 12 includes upper layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling), system information (for example, MIB (Master Information Block), SIB (System Information Block)), L1 / L2 control channel (for example, PDCCH and // EPDCCH) may be used.
 例えば、図12Aでは、ユーザ端末は、sTTIサポート情報として、(1)当該ユーザ端末がサポートするsTTI長(ここでは、DLキャリアで2及び7シンボル、ULキャリアで2、3又は4シンボル、7シンボル)と、(2)DLキャリアとULキャリアとで異なるsTTI長をサポートしないことと、を通知する。図12Bでは、(2)DLキャリアとULキャリアとで異なるsTTI長をサポートすることを通知する点で、図12Aと異なる。 For example, in FIG. 12A, the user terminal, as sTTI support information, (1) sTTI length supported by the user terminal (here, 2 and 7 symbols for DL carrier, 2, 3 or 4 symbols for UL carrier, 7 symbols) ) And (2) that different sTTI lengths are not supported for the DL carrier and the UL carrier. FIG. 12B is different from FIG. 12A in that (2) it is notified that DL carriers and UL carriers support different sTTI lengths.
 また、図12Cでは、無線基地局は、sTTI設定情報として、(1)当該ユーザ端末に所定のsTTI長(ここでは、DLキャリアで2及び7シンボル、ULキャリアで2及び7シンボル)と、(2)sTTIグループを含むsTTIグループと、をユーザ端末に通知する(第1の態様)。例えば、図12Cでは、無線基地局は、2シンボルのsTTI長のULキャリア及びDLキャリアで構成されるsTTIグループ1と、7シンボルのsTTI長のULキャリア及びDLキャリアで構成されるsTTIグループ2とを設定してもよい(第1の態様のケース1)。 Also, in FIG. 12C, the radio base station, as sTTI setting information, (1) gives the user terminal a predetermined sTTI length (here, 2 and 7 symbols for the DL carrier, 2 and 7 symbols for the UL carrier), ( 2) Notifying the user terminal of the sTTI group including the sTTI group (first mode). For example, in FIG. 12C, the radio base station includes an sTTI group 1 configured with an UL carrier and a DL carrier with 2 symbols of sTTI length, and an sTTI group 2 configured with an UL carrier and a DL carrier with sTTI length of 7 symbols. May be set (Case 1 of the first mode).
 また、図12Dでは、無線基地局は、sTTI設定情報として、(1)当該ユーザ端末に所定のsTTI長(ここでは、DLキャリアで2及び7シンボル、ULキャリアで3又は4シンボル、及び7シンボル)と、(2)sTTIグループを設定しないこと(第1の態様)、或いは、(3)ULキャリアと異なるsTTI長のsTTIグループを含むsTTIグループを通知する(第1の態様のケース1及び2)。 Also, in FIG. 12D, the radio base station provides (1) a predetermined sTTI length (in this case, 2 and 7 symbols for the DL carrier, 3 or 4 symbols and 7 symbols for the UL carrier) as the sTTI setting information. ) And (2) Do not set sTTI group (first mode), or (3) Notify sTTI group including sTTI group with sTTI length different from UL carrier ( cases 1 and 2 of the first mode) ).
 例えば、図12Dでは、無線基地局は、2シンボルのsTTI長のULキャリアと、3又は4シンボルのsTTI長のDLキャリアで構成されるsTTIグループ1(第1の態様のケース2)と、7シンボルのsTTI長のULキャリア及びDLキャリアで構成されるsTTIグループ2(第1の態様のケース1)とを設定してもよい。 For example, in FIG. 12D, the radio base station includes an sTTI group 1 (case 2 of the first mode) configured by an UL carrier having an sTTI length of 2 symbols and a DL carrier having an sTTI length of 3 or 4 symbols, You may set sTTI group 2 (case 1 of a 1st aspect) comprised by the UL carrier and DL carrier of the sTTI length of a symbol.
(無線通信システム)
 以下、本実施の形態に係る無線通信システムの構成について説明する。この無線通信システムでは、上記各態様に係る無線通信方法が適用される。なお、上記各態様に係る無線通信方法は、それぞれ単独で適用されてもよいし、組み合わせて適用されてもよい。
(Wireless communication system)
Hereinafter, the configuration of the wireless communication system according to the present embodiment will be described. In this radio communication system, the radio communication method according to each of the above aspects is applied. In addition, the radio | wireless communication method which concerns on each said aspect may be applied independently, respectively, and may be applied in combination.
 図13は、本実施の形態に係る無線通信システムの概略構成の一例を示す図である。無線通信システム1では、LTEシステムのシステム帯域幅(例えば、20MHz)を1単位とする複数の基本周波数ブロック(コンポーネントキャリア)を一体としたキャリアアグリゲーション(CA)及び/又はデュアルコネクティビティ(DC)を適用することができる。なお、無線通信システム1は、SUPER 3G、LTE-A(LTE-Advanced)、IMT-Advanced、4G、5G、FRA(Future Radio Access)、NR(New RAT:New Radio Access Technology)などと呼ばれても良い。 FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of the wireless communication system according to the present embodiment. In the radio communication system 1, carrier aggregation (CA) and / or dual connectivity (DC) in which a plurality of basic frequency blocks (component carriers) each having a system bandwidth (for example, 20 MHz) of the LTE system as one unit are applied. can do. The wireless communication system 1 is called SUPER 3G, LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), IMT-Advanced, 4G, 5G, FRA (Future Radio Access), NR (New Radio Access Technology), etc. Also good.
 図13に示す無線通信システム1は、マクロセルC1を形成する無線基地局11と、マクロセルC1内に配置され、マクロセルC1よりも狭いスモールセルC2を形成する無線基地局12a~12cとを備えている。また、マクロセルC1及び各スモールセルC2には、ユーザ端末20が配置されている。セル間及び/又はセル内で異なるニューメロロジーが適用される構成としてもよい。 A radio communication system 1 shown in FIG. 13 includes a radio base station 11 that forms a macro cell C1, and radio base stations 12a to 12c that are arranged in the macro cell C1 and form a small cell C2 that is narrower than the macro cell C1. . Moreover, the user terminal 20 is arrange | positioned at the macrocell C1 and each small cell C2. It is good also as a structure by which a different neurology is applied between cells and / or within a cell.
 ユーザ端末20は、無線基地局11及び無線基地局12の双方に接続することができる。ユーザ端末20は、異なる周波数を用いるマクロセルC1とスモールセルC2を、CA又はDCにより同時に使用することが想定される。また、ユーザ端末20は、複数のセル(CC)(例えば、2個以上のCC)を用いてCA又はDCを適用することができる。また、ユーザ端末は、複数のセルとしてライセンスバンドCCとアンライセンスバンドCCを利用することができる。 The user terminal 20 can be connected to both the radio base station 11 and the radio base station 12. It is assumed that the user terminal 20 uses the macro cell C1 and the small cell C2 that use different frequencies simultaneously by CA or DC. In addition, the user terminal 20 can apply CA or DC using a plurality of cells (CC) (for example, two or more CCs). Further, the user terminal can use the license band CC and the unlicensed band CC as a plurality of cells.
 また、ユーザ端末20は、各セルで、時分割複信(TDD:Time Division Duplex)又は周波数分割複信(FDD:Frequency Division Duplex)を用いて通信を行うことができる。TDDのセル、FDDのセルは、それぞれ、TDDキャリア(フレーム構成タイプ2)、FDDキャリア(フレーム構成タイプ1)等と呼ばれてもよい。 Further, the user terminal 20 can perform communication using time division duplex (TDD) or frequency division duplex (FDD) in each cell. The TDD cell and the FDD cell may be referred to as a TDD carrier (frame configuration type 2), an FDD carrier (frame configuration type 1), and the like, respectively.
 また、各セル(キャリア)では、単一のニューメロロジーが適用されてもよいし、複数の異なるニューメロロジーが適用されてもよい。 In each cell (carrier), a single neurology may be applied, or a plurality of different neurology may be applied.
 ユーザ端末20と無線基地局11との間は、相対的に低い周波数帯域(例えば、2GHz)で帯域幅が狭いキャリア(既存キャリア、Legacy carrierなどと呼ばれる)を用いて通信を行うことができる。一方、ユーザ端末20と無線基地局12との間は、相対的に高い周波数帯域(例えば、3.5GHz、5GHz、30~70GHzなど)で帯域幅が広いキャリアが用いられてもよいし、無線基地局11との間と同じキャリアが用いられてもよい。なお、各無線基地局が利用する周波数帯域の構成はこれに限られない。 Communication between the user terminal 20 and the radio base station 11 can be performed using a carrier having a relatively low frequency band (for example, 2 GHz) and a narrow bandwidth (referred to as an existing carrier or a legacy carrier). On the other hand, a carrier having a wide bandwidth in a relatively high frequency band (for example, 3.5 GHz, 5 GHz, 30 to 70 GHz, etc.) may be used between the user terminal 20 and the radio base station 12, or wireless The same carrier as that between the base station 11 and the base station 11 may be used. The configuration of the frequency band used by each radio base station is not limited to this.
 無線基地局11と無線基地局12との間(又は、2つの無線基地局12間)は、有線接続(例えば、CPRI(Common Public Radio Interface)に準拠した光ファイバ、X2インターフェースなど)又は無線接続する構成とすることができる。 Between the wireless base station 11 and the wireless base station 12 (or between the two wireless base stations 12), a wired connection (for example, an optical fiber compliant with CPRI (Common Public Radio Interface), an X2 interface, etc.) or a wireless connection It can be set as the structure to do.
 無線基地局11及び各無線基地局12は、それぞれ上位局装置30に接続され、上位局装置30を介してコアネットワーク40に接続される。なお、上位局装置30には、例えば、アクセスゲートウェイ装置、無線ネットワークコントローラ(RNC)、モビリティマネジメントエンティティ(MME)などが含まれるが、これに限定されるものではない。また、各無線基地局12は、無線基地局11を介して上位局装置30に接続されてもよい。 The radio base station 11 and each radio base station 12 are connected to the higher station apparatus 30 and connected to the core network 40 via the higher station apparatus 30. The upper station device 30 includes, for example, an access gateway device, a radio network controller (RNC), a mobility management entity (MME), and the like, but is not limited thereto. Each radio base station 12 may be connected to the higher station apparatus 30 via the radio base station 11.
 なお、無線基地局11は、相対的に広いカバレッジを有する無線基地局であり、マクロ基地局、集約ノード、eNB(eNodeB)、送受信ポイント、などと呼ばれてもよい。また、無線基地局12は、局所的なカバレッジを有する無線基地局であり、スモール基地局、マイクロ基地局、ピコ基地局、フェムト基地局、HeNB(Home eNodeB)、RRH(Remote Radio Head)、送受信ポイントなどと呼ばれてもよい。以下、無線基地局11及び12を区別しない場合は、無線基地局10と総称する。 The radio base station 11 is a radio base station having a relatively wide coverage, and may be called a macro base station, an aggregation node, an eNB (eNodeB), a transmission / reception point, or the like. The radio base station 12 is a radio base station having local coverage, and includes a small base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a femto base station, a HeNB (Home eNodeB), an RRH (Remote Radio Head), and transmission / reception. It may be called a point. Hereinafter, when the radio base stations 11 and 12 are not distinguished, they are collectively referred to as a radio base station 10.
 各ユーザ端末20は、LTE、LTE-Aなどの各種通信方式に対応した端末であり、移動通信端末だけでなく固定通信端末を含んでもよい。また、ユーザ端末20は、他のユーザ端末20との間で端末間通信(D2D)を行うことができる。 Each user terminal 20 is a terminal compatible with various communication methods such as LTE and LTE-A, and may include not only a mobile communication terminal but also a fixed communication terminal. Further, the user terminal 20 can perform inter-terminal communication (D2D) with other user terminals 20.
 無線通信システム1においては、無線アクセス方式として、下りリンク(DL)にOFDMA(直交周波数分割多元接続)が適用でき、上りリンク(UL)にSC-FDMA(シングルキャリア-周波数分割多元接続)が適用できる。OFDMAは、周波数帯域を複数の狭い周波数帯域(サブキャリア)に分割し、各サブキャリアにデータをマッピングして通信を行うマルチキャリア伝送方式である。SC-FDMAは、システム帯域幅を端末毎に1つ又は連続したリソースブロックからなる帯域に分割し、複数の端末が互いに異なる帯域を用いることで、端末間の干渉を低減するシングルキャリア伝送方式である。なお、上り及び下りの無線アクセス方式は、これらの組み合わせに限られず、ULでOFDMAが用いられてもよい。 In the radio communication system 1, OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiple access) can be applied to the downlink (DL) and SC-FDMA (single carrier-frequency division multiple access) is applied to the uplink (UL) as the radio access scheme. it can. OFDMA is a multi-carrier transmission scheme that performs communication by dividing a frequency band into a plurality of narrow frequency bands (subcarriers) and mapping data to each subcarrier. SC-FDMA is a single-carrier transmission scheme that reduces interference between terminals by dividing the system bandwidth into bands consisting of one or continuous resource blocks for each terminal and using a plurality of terminals with mutually different bands. is there. The uplink and downlink radio access schemes are not limited to these combinations, and OFDMA may be used in the UL.
 無線通信システム1では、DLチャネルとして、各ユーザ端末20で共有されるDL共有チャネル(PDSCH:Physical Downlink Shared Channel、DLデータチャネル等ともいう)、ブロードキャストチャネル(PBCH:Physical Broadcast Channel)、L1/L2制御チャネルなどが用いられる。PDSCHにより、ユーザデータや上位レイヤ制御情報、SIB(System Information Block)などが伝送される。また、PBCHにより、MIB(Master Information Block)が伝送される。 In the wireless communication system 1, as a DL channel, a DL shared channel (PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel, also referred to as DL data channel) shared by each user terminal 20, a broadcast channel (PBCH: Physical Broadcast Channel), L1 / L2 A control channel or the like is used. User data, higher layer control information, SIB (System Information Block), etc. are transmitted by PDSCH. Also, MIB (Master Information Block) is transmitted by PBCH.
 L1/L2制御チャネルは、DL制御チャネル(PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)、EPDCCH(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel))、PCFICH(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel)、PHICH(Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel)などを含む。PDCCHにより、PDSCH及びPUSCHのスケジューリング情報を含む下り制御情報(DCI:Downlink Control Information)などが伝送される。PCFICHにより、PDCCHに用いるOFDMシンボル数が伝送される。EPDCCHは、PDSCHと周波数分割多重され、PDCCHと同様にDCIなどの伝送に用いられる。PHICH、PDCCH、EPDCCHの少なくとも一つにより、PUSCHに対するHARQの再送指示情報(ACK/NACK)を伝送できる。 L1 / L2 control channels include DL control channels (PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), EPDCCH (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel)), PCFICH (Physical Control Format Indicator Channel), PHICH (Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel), etc. . Downlink control information (DCI: Downlink Control Information) including scheduling information of PDSCH and PUSCH is transmitted by PDCCH. The number of OFDM symbols used for PDCCH is transmitted by PCFICH. The EPDCCH is frequency-division multiplexed with the PDSCH, and is used for transmission of DCI and the like as with the PDCCH. HARQ retransmission indication information (ACK / NACK) for PUSCH can be transmitted by at least one of PHICH, PDCCH, and EPDCCH.
 無線通信システム1では、ULチャネルとして、各ユーザ端末20で共有されるUL共有チャネル(PUSCH:Physical Uplink Shared Channel、ULデータチャネル等ともいう)、UL制御チャネル(PUCCH:Physical Uplink Control Channel)、ランダムアクセスチャネル(PRACH:Physical Random Access Channel)などが用いられる。PUSCHにより、ユーザデータ、上位レイヤ制御情報が伝送される。DL信号の再送制御情報(A/N)やチャネル状態情報(CSI)などの少なくとも一つを含む上り制御情報(UCI:Uplink Control Information)は、PUSCH又はPUCCHにより、伝送される。PRACHにより、セルとの接続確立のためのランダムアクセスプリアンブルを伝送できる。 In the wireless communication system 1, as a UL channel, a UL shared channel (PUSCH: Physical Uplink Shared Channel, also referred to as a UL data channel) shared by each user terminal 20, a UL control channel (PUCCH: Physical Uplink Control Channel), random An access channel (PRACH: Physical Random Access Channel) or the like is used. User data and higher layer control information are transmitted by the PUSCH. Uplink control information (UCI) including at least one of retransmission control information (A / N), channel state information (CSI), and the like of a DL signal is transmitted by PUSCH or PUCCH. The PRACH can transmit a random access preamble for establishing a connection with a cell.
<無線基地局>
 図14は、本実施の形態に係る無線基地局の全体構成の一例を示す図である。無線基地局10は、複数の送受信アンテナ101と、アンプ部102と、送受信部103と、ベースバンド信号処理部104と、呼処理部105と、伝送路インターフェース106とを備えている。なお、送受信アンテナ101、アンプ部102、送受信部103は、それぞれ1つ以上を含むように構成されてもよい。
<Wireless base station>
FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an example of the overall configuration of the radio base station according to the present embodiment. The radio base station 10 includes a plurality of transmission / reception antennas 101, an amplifier unit 102, a transmission / reception unit 103, a baseband signal processing unit 104, a call processing unit 105, and a transmission path interface 106. Note that each of the transmission / reception antenna 101, the amplifier unit 102, and the transmission / reception unit 103 may be configured to include one or more.
 下りリンクにより無線基地局10からユーザ端末20に送信されるユーザデータは、上位局装置30から伝送路インターフェース106を介してベースバンド信号処理部104に入力される。 User data transmitted from the radio base station 10 to the user terminal 20 via the downlink is input from the higher station apparatus 30 to the baseband signal processing unit 104 via the transmission path interface 106.
 ベースバンド信号処理部104では、ユーザデータに関して、PDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol)レイヤの処理、ユーザデータの分割・結合、RLC(Radio Link Control)再送制御などのRLCレイヤの送信処理、MAC(Medium Access Control)再送制御(例えば、HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest)の送信処理)、スケジューリング、伝送フォーマット選択、チャネル符号化、逆高速フーリエ変換(IFFT:Inverse Fast Fourier Transform)処理、プリコーディング処理などの送信処理が行われて送受信部103に転送される。また、下り制御信号に関しても、チャネル符号化や逆高速フーリエ変換などの送信処理が行われて、送受信部103に転送される。 In the baseband signal processing unit 104, with respect to user data, PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) layer processing, user data division / combination, RLC (Radio Link Control) retransmission control and other RLC layer transmission processing, MAC (Medium Access) Control) Retransmission control (for example, HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) transmission processing), scheduling, transmission format selection, channel coding, inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) processing, precoding processing, and other transmission processing Is transferred to the transmission / reception unit 103. The downlink control signal is also subjected to transmission processing such as channel coding and inverse fast Fourier transform, and is transferred to the transmission / reception unit 103.
 送受信部103は、ベースバンド信号処理部104からアンテナ毎にプリコーディングして出力されたベースバンド信号を無線周波数帯に変換して送信する。送受信部103で周波数変換された無線周波数信号は、アンプ部102により増幅され、送受信アンテナ101から送信される。 The transmission / reception unit 103 converts the baseband signal output by precoding for each antenna from the baseband signal processing unit 104 to a radio frequency band and transmits the converted signal. The radio frequency signal frequency-converted by the transmission / reception unit 103 is amplified by the amplifier unit 102 and transmitted from the transmission / reception antenna 101.
 本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるトランスミッター/レシーバー、送受信回路又は送受信装置から構成することができる。なお、送受信部103は、一体の送受信部として構成されてもよいし、送信部及び受信部から構成されてもよい。 The transmitter / receiver, the transmission / reception circuit, or the transmission / reception device can be configured based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention. In addition, the transmission / reception part 103 may be comprised as an integral transmission / reception part, and may be comprised from a transmission part and a receiving part.
 一方、UL信号については、送受信アンテナ101で受信された無線周波数信号がアンプ部102で増幅される。送受信部103はアンプ部102で増幅されたUL信号を受信する。送受信部103は、受信信号をベースバンド信号に周波数変換して、ベースバンド信号処理部104に出力する。 On the other hand, for the UL signal, the radio frequency signal received by the transmission / reception antenna 101 is amplified by the amplifier unit 102. The transmission / reception unit 103 receives the UL signal amplified by the amplifier unit 102. The transmission / reception unit 103 converts the frequency of the received signal into a baseband signal and outputs it to the baseband signal processing unit 104.
 ベースバンド信号処理部104では、入力されたUL信号に含まれるULデータに対して、高速フーリエ変換(FFT:Fast Fourier Transform)処理、逆離散フーリエ変換(IDFT:Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform)処理、誤り訂正復号、MAC再送制御の受信処理、RLCレイヤ及びPDCPレイヤの受信処理がなされ、伝送路インターフェース106を介して上位局装置30に転送される。呼処理部105は、通信チャネルの設定や解放などの呼処理や、無線基地局10の状態管理や、無線リソースの管理を行う。 The baseband signal processing unit 104 performs Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing, Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) processing, error correction on UL data included in the input UL signal. Decoding, MAC retransmission control reception processing, RLC layer and PDCP layer reception processing are performed and transferred to the upper station apparatus 30 via the transmission path interface 106. The call processing unit 105 performs call processing such as communication channel setting and release, state management of the radio base station 10, and radio resource management.
 伝送路インターフェース106は、所定のインターフェースを介して、上位局装置30と信号を送受信する。また、伝送路インターフェース106は、基地局間インターフェース(例えば、CPRI(Common Public Radio Interface)に準拠した光ファイバ、X2インターフェース)を介して隣接無線基地局10と信号を送受信(バックホールシグナリング)してもよい。 The transmission path interface 106 transmits and receives signals to and from the higher station apparatus 30 via a predetermined interface. The transmission path interface 106 transmits and receives (backhaul signaling) signals to and from the adjacent radio base station 10 via an interface between base stations (for example, an optical fiber compliant with CPRI (Common Public Radio Interface), X2 interface). Also good.
 また、送受信部103は、ニューメロロジーが異なる複数のユーザ端末20に対してDL信号(DLデータ信号、DL制御信号、DL参照信号の少なくとも一つを含む)を送信し、当該複数のユーザ端末20からのUL信号(ULデータ信号、UL制御信号、UL参照信号の少なくとも一つを含む)を受信する。 Further, the transmission / reception unit 103 transmits a DL signal (including at least one of a DL data signal, a DL control signal, and a DL reference signal) to the plurality of user terminals 20 having different nuemologies, and the plurality of user terminals 20 receives a UL signal (including at least one of a UL data signal, a UL control signal, and a UL reference signal).
 また、送受信部103は、UL共有チャネル(例えば、PUSCH)又はUL制御チャネル(例えば、PUCCH)を用いて、ユーザ端末20からのUCIを受信する。当該UCIは、DL共有チャネル(例えば、PDSCH、sTTI用のsPDSCH)のA/N、CSI、SRの少なくとも一つを含む。 Further, the transmission / reception unit 103 receives the UCI from the user terminal 20 using the UL shared channel (for example, PUSCH) or the UL control channel (for example, PUCCH). The UCI includes at least one of A / N, CSI, and SR of a DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH, sPDSCH for sTTI).
 また、送受信部103は、ユーザ端末20からのsTTIサポート情報を受信してもよい(第5の態様)。また、送受信部103は、ユーザ端末20に対してsTTI設定情報を送信してもよい(第5の態様)。 Further, the transmission / reception unit 103 may receive the sTTI support information from the user terminal 20 (fifth aspect). Moreover, the transmission / reception part 103 may transmit sTTI setting information with respect to the user terminal 20 (5th aspect).
 図15は、本実施の形態に係る無線基地局の機能構成の一例を示す図である。なお、図15は、本実施の形態における特徴部分の機能ブロックを主に示しており、無線基地局10は、無線通信に必要な他の機能ブロックも有しているものとする。図15に示すように、ベースバンド信号処理部104は、制御部301と、送信信号生成部302と、マッピング部303と、受信信号処理部304と、測定部305とを備えている。 FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of the radio base station according to the present embodiment. Note that FIG. 15 mainly shows functional blocks of characteristic portions in the present embodiment, and the wireless base station 10 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. As illustrated in FIG. 15, the baseband signal processing unit 104 includes a control unit 301, a transmission signal generation unit 302, a mapping unit 303, a reception signal processing unit 304, and a measurement unit 305.
 制御部301は、無線基地局10全体の制御を実施する。制御部301は、例えば、送信信号生成部302によるDL信号の生成や、マッピング部303によるDL信号のマッピング、受信信号処理部304によるUL信号の受信処理(例えば、復調など)、測定部305による測定を制御する。 The control unit 301 controls the entire radio base station 10. The control unit 301 includes, for example, DL signal generation by the transmission signal generation unit 302, DL signal mapping by the mapping unit 303, UL signal reception processing (for example, demodulation) by the reception signal processing unit 304, and measurement unit 305. Control the measurement.
 具体的には、制御部301は、ユーザ端末20のスケジューリングを行う。例えば、制御部301は、sTTI長が異なる複数のキャリア(DLキャリア及び/又はULキャリア)のスケジューリングを行ってもよい。また、制御部301は、1msのTTI長のキャリア(DLキャリア及び/又はULキャリア)のスケジューリングを行ってもよい。 Specifically, the control unit 301 schedules the user terminal 20. For example, the control unit 301 may perform scheduling of a plurality of carriers (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having different sTTI lengths. Further, the control unit 301 may perform scheduling of a carrier (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having a TTI length of 1 ms.
 また、制御部301は、ユーザ端末20に対してsTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリア(DLキャリア及び/又はULキャリア)を設定してもよい。当該複数のキャリアは、上位レイヤシグナリング、システム情報、L1/L2制御チャネルの少なくとも一つを用いて設定されればよい。 Further, the control unit 301 may set a plurality of carriers (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having the same and / or different sTTI length for the user terminal 20. The plurality of carriers may be set using at least one of higher layer signaling, system information, and L1 / L2 control channel.
 また、制御部301は、DL共有チャネルのA/Nを含むUCIを受信するsTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を決定してもよい。具体的には、制御部301は、DL共有チャネルを送信するDLキャリアとUL共有チャネルを受信するULキャリアとのsTTI長が同一である場合、フィードバックsTTIとして、当該DL共有チャネルを送信するDL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを決定してもよい(第1-第3の態様)。 Also, the control unit 301 may determine sTTI (feedback sTTI) for receiving UCI including A / N of the DL shared channel. Specifically, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that transmits the DL shared channel and the UL carrier that receives the UL shared channel are the same, the control unit 301 transmits the DL shared channel as feedback sTTI. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period may be determined (first to third modes).
 また、制御部301は、DL共有チャネルを送信するDLキャリアとUL共有チャネルを受信するULキャリアとのsTTI長が異なる場合、フィードバックsTTIとして、当該DL共有チャネルを送信するDL sTTI(第1のTTI)から所定期間以後の最も早いULキャリアのUL sTTI(第2のTTI)を決定してもよい(第1-第3の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that transmits the DL shared channel is different from the UL carrier that receives the UL shared channel, the control unit 301 transmits the DL shared channel as the feedback sTTI (first TTI). ) To determine the UL sTTI (second TTI) of the earliest UL carrier after a predetermined period (first to third modes).
 また、制御部301は、DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアとsTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上のULキャリアにおけるUL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、当該DL共有チャネルのA/Nを含むUCIの受信を制御してもよい。具体的には、制御部301は、上記フィードバックsTTIにおける上記UL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIの受信を制御してもよい。 In addition, the control unit 301 determines the UCI including the A / N of the DL shared channel based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI length as the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel. May be controlled. Specifically, the control unit 301 may control reception of the UCI including the A / N based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in the feedback sTTI.
 例えば、制御部301は、同一のsTTI長の一以上のULキャリアと、当該ULキャリアと同一及び/又は異なる一以上のDLキャリアと、を含むsTTIグループを設定し、当該DL共有チャネルを送信するDLキャリアと同一のグループ内で、上記A/Nを含むUCIを受信するULキャリアを決定してもよい(第1の態様)。 For example, the control unit 301 sets an sTTI group including one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length and one or more DL carriers that are the same and / or different from the UL carrier, and transmits the DL shared channel. The UL carrier that receives the UCI including the A / N may be determined within the same group as the DL carrier (first mode).
 また、制御部301は、UL共有チャネルが割り当てられる一以上のULキャリアのsTTI長に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを受信するULキャリアを決定してもよい(第2の態様)。また、制御部301は、UL共有チャネルを割り当てるULグラントに含まれる指示情報に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを受信するULキャリアを決定してもよい(第3の態様)。 Also, the control unit 301 may determine the UL carrier that receives the UCI including the A / N based on the sTTI length of one or more UL carriers to which the UL shared channel is allocated (second mode). Moreover, the control part 301 may determine the UL carrier which receives UCI containing said A / N based on the instruction information contained in UL grant which allocates a UL shared channel (3rd aspect).
 また、制御部301は、ULグラントを送信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが同一である場合、当該ULグラントを送信するDL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを、当該UL共有チャネルを受信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第1-第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that transmits the UL grant and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated by the UL grant is the same, the control unit 301 performs a predetermined period from the DL sTTI that transmits the UL grant. The UL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for receiving the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
 また、制御部301は、ULグラントを送信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが異なる場合、当該ULグラントを送信するDL sTTI(第3のTTI)に対応するUL sTTI(第4のsTTI)から所定期間以後のUL sTTI(第5のTTI)を、当該UL共有チャネルを受信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第1-第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that transmits the UL grant and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated is different, the control unit 301 transmits the UL grant. DL sTTI (third TTI) The UL sTTI (fifth TTI) after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI (fourth sTTI) corresponding to may be determined as the sTTI for receiving the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
 また、制御部301は、ユーザ端末20からのA/Nに基づいて、DL共有チャネル(例えば、PDSCH)の再送制御を行ってもよい。 Also, the control unit 301 may perform retransmission control of the DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH) based on A / N from the user terminal 20.
 また、制御部301は、非周期のCSI報告を制御してもよい。具体的には、制御部301は、CSI要求フィールド値を決定し、当該CSI要求フィールド値を含むULグラントを生成及び送信するように制御する。 Further, the control unit 301 may control aperiodic CSI reporting. Specifically, the control unit 301 determines the CSI request field value, and controls to generate and transmit the UL grant including the CSI request field value.
 また、制御部301は、CSI要求フィールド値を含むULグラントを送信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが同一である場合、当該ULグラントを送信するDL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを、非周期CSIを受信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that transmits the UL grant including the CSI request field value and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated by the UL grant are the same, the control unit 301 transmits the UL grant. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the DL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI that receives the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
 また、制御部301は、CSI要求フィールド値を含むULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが異なる場合、当該ULグラントを送信するDL sTTIに対応するUL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを、非周期CSIを受信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field value and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated is different from the UL grant, the control unit 301 transmits the UL grant. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI corresponding to sTTI may be determined as the sTTI that receives the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
 制御部301は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるコントローラ、制御回路又は制御装置から構成することができる。 The control unit 301 can be configured by a controller, a control circuit, or a control device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
 送信信号生成部302は、制御部301からの指示に基づいて、DL信号(DLデータ、スケジューリング情報、sTTI設定情報を含む)を生成して、マッピング部303に出力する。 The transmission signal generation unit 302 generates a DL signal (including DL data, scheduling information, and sTTI setting information) based on an instruction from the control unit 301, and outputs the DL signal to the mapping unit 303.
 送信信号生成部302は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明される信号生成器、信号生成回路又は信号生成装置とすることができる。 The transmission signal generation unit 302 can be a signal generator, a signal generation circuit, or a signal generation device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
 マッピング部303は、制御部301からの指示に基づいて、送信信号生成部302で生成されたDL信号を、所定の無線リソースにマッピングして、送受信部103に出力する。マッピング部303は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるマッパー、マッピング回路又はマッピング装置とすることができる。 The mapping unit 303 maps the DL signal generated by the transmission signal generation unit 302 to a predetermined radio resource based on an instruction from the control unit 301, and outputs the DL signal to the transmission / reception unit 103. The mapping unit 303 can be a mapper, a mapping circuit, or a mapping device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
 受信信号処理部304は、ユーザ端末20から送信されるUL信号(例えば、ULデータ信号、UL制御信号、UCI、sTTIサポート情報など)に対して、受信処理(例えば、デマッピング、復調、復号など)を行う。具体的には、受信信号処理部304は、ユーザ端末20に設定されたニューメロロジーに基づいて、UL信号の受信処理を行う。また、受信信号処理部304は、受信信号や、受信処理後の信号を、測定部305に出力してもよい。また、受信信号処理部304は、DL信号のA/Nに対して受信処理を行い、ACK又はNACKを制御部301に出力する。 The reception signal processing unit 304 performs reception processing (for example, demapping, demodulation, decoding, etc.) on the UL signal (for example, UL data signal, UL control signal, UCI, sTTI support information, etc.) transmitted from the user terminal 20. )I do. Specifically, the reception signal processing unit 304 performs UL signal reception processing based on the neurology set in the user terminal 20. The reception signal processing unit 304 may output a reception signal or a signal after reception processing to the measurement unit 305. Reception signal processing section 304 performs reception processing on the A / N of the DL signal and outputs ACK or NACK to control section 301.
 測定部305は、受信した信号に関する測定を実施する。測定部305は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明される測定器、測定回路又は測定装置から構成することができる。 The measurement unit 305 performs measurement on the received signal. The measurement part 305 can be comprised from the measuring device, measurement circuit, or measurement apparatus demonstrated based on common recognition in the technical field which concerns on this invention.
 測定部305は、例えば、UL参照信号の受信電力(例えば、RSRP(Reference Signal Received Power))及び/又は受信品質(例えば、RSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality))に基づいて、ULのチャネル品質を測定してもよい。測定結果は、制御部301に出力されてもよい。 The measurement unit 305 measures the UL channel quality based on, for example, the reception power (for example, RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power)) and / or the reception quality (for example, RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality)) of the UL reference signal. May be. The measurement result may be output to the control unit 301.
<ユーザ端末>
 図16は、本実施の形態に係るユーザ端末の全体構成の一例を示す図である。ユーザ端末20は、MIMO伝送のための複数の送受信アンテナ201と、アンプ部202と、送受信部203と、ベースバンド信号処理部204と、アプリケーション部205と、を備えている。
<User terminal>
FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of the overall configuration of the user terminal according to the present embodiment. The user terminal 20 includes a plurality of transmission / reception antennas 201 for MIMO transmission, an amplifier unit 202, a transmission / reception unit 203, a baseband signal processing unit 204, and an application unit 205.
 複数の送受信アンテナ201で受信された無線周波数信号は、それぞれアンプ部202で増幅される。各送受信部203はアンプ部202で増幅されたDL信号を受信する。送受信部203は、受信信号をベースバンド信号に周波数変換して、ベースバンド信号処理部204に出力する。 The radio frequency signals received by the plurality of transmission / reception antennas 201 are each amplified by the amplifier unit 202. Each transmitting / receiving unit 203 receives the DL signal amplified by the amplifier unit 202. The transmission / reception unit 203 converts the frequency of the received signal into a baseband signal and outputs it to the baseband signal processing unit 204.
 ベースバンド信号処理部204は、入力されたベースバンド信号に対して、FFT処理や、誤り訂正復号、再送制御の受信処理などを行う。DLデータは、アプリケーション部205に転送される。アプリケーション部205は、物理レイヤやMACレイヤより上位のレイヤに関する処理などを行う。また、ブロードキャスト情報もアプリケーション部205に転送される。 The baseband signal processing unit 204 performs FFT processing, error correction decoding, retransmission control reception processing, and the like on the input baseband signal. The DL data is transferred to the application unit 205. The application unit 205 performs processing related to layers higher than the physical layer and the MAC layer. Broadcast information is also transferred to the application unit 205.
 一方、ULデータについては、アプリケーション部205からベースバンド信号処理部204に入力される。ベースバンド信号処理部204では、再送制御の送信処理(例えば、HARQの送信処理)や、チャネル符号化、レートマッチング、パンクチャ、離散フーリエ変換(DFT:Discrete Fourier Transform)処理、IFFT処理などが行われて各送受信部203に転送される。UCI(例えば、DLの再送制御情報、チャネル状態情報など)についても、チャネル符号化、レートマッチング、パンクチャ、DFT処理、IFFT処理などが行われて各送受信部203に転送される。 On the other hand, UL data is input from the application unit 205 to the baseband signal processing unit 204. The baseband signal processing unit 204 performs retransmission control transmission processing (for example, HARQ transmission processing), channel coding, rate matching, puncturing, discrete Fourier transform (DFT) processing, IFFT processing, and the like. Are transferred to each transmitting / receiving unit 203. UCI (for example, DL retransmission control information, channel state information, and the like) is also subjected to channel coding, rate matching, puncturing, DFT processing, IFFT processing, and the like, and is transferred to each transmission / reception section 203.
 送受信部203は、ベースバンド信号処理部204から出力されたベースバンド信号を無線周波数帯に変換して送信する。送受信部203で周波数変換された無線周波数信号は、アンプ部202により増幅され、送受信アンテナ201から送信される。 The transmission / reception unit 203 converts the baseband signal output from the baseband signal processing unit 204 into a radio frequency band and transmits it. The radio frequency signal frequency-converted by the transmission / reception unit 203 is amplified by the amplifier unit 202 and transmitted from the transmission / reception antenna 201.
 また、送受信部203は、ユーザ端末20に設定されたニューメロロジーのDL信号(DLデータ信号、DL制御信号、DL参照信号を含む)を受信し、当該ニューメロロジーのUL信号(ULデータ信号、UL制御信号、UL参照信号を含む)を送信する。 In addition, the transmission / reception unit 203 receives a DL signal (including a DL data signal, a DL control signal, and a DL reference signal) of the neurology set in the user terminal 20 and receives the UL signal (UL data signal) of the neurology. , UL control signal and UL reference signal).
 また、送受信部203は、UL共有チャネル(例えば、PUSCH)又はUL制御チャネル(例えば、PUCCH)を用いて、無線基地局10に対して、UCIを送信する。当該UCIは、DL共有チャネル(例えば、PDSCH、sTTI用のsPDSCH)のA/N、CSI、SRの少なくとも一つを含む。 Further, the transmission / reception unit 203 transmits UCI to the radio base station 10 using a UL shared channel (for example, PUSCH) or a UL control channel (for example, PUCCH). The UCI includes at least one of A / N, CSI, and SR of a DL shared channel (for example, PDSCH, sPDSCH for sTTI).
 また、送受信部203は、無線基地局10に対して、sTTIサポート情報を送信してもよい(第5の態様)。また、送受信部203は、無線基地局10から、sTTI設定情報を受信してもよい(第5の態様)。 Further, the transmission / reception unit 203 may transmit sTTI support information to the radio base station 10 (fifth aspect). Further, the transmission / reception unit 203 may receive sTTI setting information from the radio base station 10 (fifth aspect).
 送受信部203は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるトランスミッター/レシーバー、送受信回路又は送受信装置とすることができる。また、送受信部203は、一体の送受信部として構成されてもよいし、送信部及び受信部から構成されてもよい。 The transmission / reception unit 203 can be a transmitter / receiver, a transmission / reception circuit, or a transmission / reception device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention. Further, the transmission / reception unit 203 may be configured as an integral transmission / reception unit, or may be configured from a transmission unit and a reception unit.
 図17は、本実施の形態に係るユーザ端末の機能構成の一例を示す図である。なお、図17においては、本実施の形態における特徴部分の機能ブロックを主に示しており、ユーザ端末20は、無線通信に必要な他の機能ブロックも有しているものとする。図17に示すように、ユーザ端末20が有するベースバンド信号処理部204は、制御部401と、送信信号生成部402と、マッピング部403と、受信信号処理部404と、測定部405と、を備えている。 FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of a functional configuration of the user terminal according to the present embodiment. Note that FIG. 17 mainly shows functional blocks of characteristic portions in the present embodiment, and the user terminal 20 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. As illustrated in FIG. 17, the baseband signal processing unit 204 included in the user terminal 20 includes a control unit 401, a transmission signal generation unit 402, a mapping unit 403, a reception signal processing unit 404, and a measurement unit 405. I have.
 制御部401は、ユーザ端末20全体の制御を実施する。制御部401は、例えば、送信信号生成部402によるUL信号の生成や、マッピング部403によるUL信号のマッピング、受信信号処理部404によるDL信号の受信処理、測定部405による測定を制御する。 The control unit 401 controls the entire user terminal 20. For example, the control unit 401 controls generation of the UL signal by the transmission signal generation unit 402, mapping of the UL signal by the mapping unit 403, reception processing of the DL signal by the reception signal processing unit 404, and measurement by the measurement unit 405.
 また、制御部401は、ユーザ端末20に対してsTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる複数のキャリア(DLキャリア及び/又はULキャリア)を設定してもよい。当該複数のキャリアは、無線基地局10からの上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRCシグナリング)、システム情報、L1/L2制御チャネルの少なくとも一つを用いて設定されればよい。 Further, the control unit 401 may set a plurality of carriers (DL carrier and / or UL carrier) having the same and / or different sTTI length for the user terminal 20. The plurality of carriers may be set using at least one of higher layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling), system information, and L1 / L2 control channel from the radio base station 10.
 また、制御部401は、DL共有チャネルのA/Nを含むUCIを送信するsTTI(フィードバックsTTI)を決定してもよい。具体的には、制御部401は、DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアとUL共有チャネルを送信するULキャリアとのsTTI長が同一である場合、フィードバックsTTIとして、当該DL共有チャネルを受信するDL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを決定してもよい(第1-第3の態様)。 Further, the control unit 401 may determine sTTI (feedback sTTI) for transmitting UCI including A / N of the DL shared channel. Specifically, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel and the UL carrier that transmits the UL shared channel are the same, the control unit 401 receives the DL shared channel as a feedback sTTI. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period may be determined (first to third modes).
 また、制御部401は、DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアとUL共有チャネルを送信するULキャリアとのsTTI長が異なる場合、フィードバックsTTIとして、当該DL共有チャネルを受信するDL sTTI(第1のTTI)から所定期間以後の最も早いULキャリアのUL sTTI(第2のTTI)を決定してもよい(第1-第3の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel is different from the UL carrier that transmits the UL shared channel, the control unit 401 uses the DL sTTI (first TTI) that receives the DL shared channel as a feedback sTTI. ) To determine the UL sTTI (second TTI) of the earliest UL carrier after a predetermined period (first to third modes).
 また、制御部401は、DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアとsTTI長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上のULキャリアにおけるUL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、当該DL共有チャネルのA/Nを含むUCIの送信を制御してもよい。具体的には、制御部401は、上記フィードバックsTTIにおける上記UL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIの送信を制御してもよい。 In addition, the control unit 401, based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in one or more UL carriers having the same and / or different sTTI length from the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel, includes the UCI including the A / N of the DL shared channel. May be controlled. Specifically, the control unit 401 may control the transmission of the UCI including the A / N based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in the feedback sTTI.
 例えば、制御部401は、同一のsTTI長の一以上のULキャリアと、当該ULキャリアと同一及び/又は異なる一以上のDLキャリアと、を含むsTTIグループを設定し、当該DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアと同一のグループ内で、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信するULキャリアを決定してもよい(第1の態様)。 For example, the control unit 401 sets an sTTI group including one or more UL carriers having the same sTTI length and one or more DL carriers that are the same and / or different from the UL carrier, and receives the DL shared channel. The UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N may be determined within the same group as the DL carrier (first mode).
 また、制御部401は、UL共有チャネルが割り当てられる一以上のULキャリアのsTTI長に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信するULキャリアを決定してもよい(第2の態様)。また、制御部401は、UL共有チャネルを割り当てるULグラントに含まれる指示情報に基づいて、上記A/Nを含むUCIを送信するULキャリアを決定してもよい(第3の態様)。 Also, the control unit 401 may determine the UL carrier that transmits the UCI including the A / N based on the sTTI length of one or more UL carriers to which the UL shared channel is allocated (second mode). Moreover, the control part 401 may determine the UL carrier which transmits UCI containing the said A / N based on the instruction information contained in UL grant which allocates a UL shared channel (3rd aspect).
 また、制御部401は、ULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが同一である場合、当該ULグラントを受信するDL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを、当該UL共有チャネルを送信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第1-第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the UL grant and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated by the UL grant is the same, the control unit 401 performs a predetermined period after the DL sTTI that receives the UL grant. The UL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
 また、制御部401は、ULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが異なる場合、当該ULグラントを受信するDL sTTI(第3のTTI)に対応するUL sTTI(第4のsTTI)から所定期間以後のUL sTTI(第5のTTI)を、当該UL共有チャネルを送信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第1-第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the UL grant and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated is different, the control unit 401 receives the UL grant. DL sTTI (third TTI) The UL sTTI (fifth TTI) after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI (fourth sTTI) corresponding to may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the UL shared channel (first to fourth modes).
 また、制御部401は、非周期のCSI報告を制御してもよい。具体的には、制御部401は、CSI要求フィールド値を含むULグラントを受信する場合、当該CSI要求フィールド値に基づいて、非周期CSIを含むUCIを生成及び送信するように制御する。 Further, the control unit 401 may control aperiodic CSI reporting. Specifically, when receiving a UL grant including a CSI request field value, the control unit 401 controls to generate and transmit a UCI including an aperiodic CSI based on the CSI request field value.
 例えば、制御部401は、CSI要求フィールド値を含むULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが同一である場合、当該ULグラントを受信するDL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを、非周期CSIを送信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第4の態様)。 For example, the control unit 401 receives the UL grant when the DL carrier that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field value and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated by the UL grant have the same sTTI length. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the DL sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
 また、制御部301は、CSI要求フィールド値を含むULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと当該ULグラントによりUL共有チャネルが割り当てられるULキャリアとのsTTI長とが異なる場合、当該ULグラントを受信するDL sTTIに対応するUL sTTIから所定期間以後のUL sTTIを、非周期CSIを送信するsTTIとして決定してもよい(第4の態様)。 In addition, when the sTTI length of the DL carrier that receives the UL grant including the CSI request field value and the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated is different from the UL grant, the control unit 301 receives the UL grant. The UL sTTI after a predetermined period from the UL sTTI corresponding to sTTI may be determined as the sTTI for transmitting the aperiodic CSI (fourth mode).
 制御部401は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるコントローラ、制御回路又は制御装置から構成することができる。 The control unit 401 can be configured by a controller, a control circuit, or a control device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
 送信信号生成部402は、制御部401からの指示に基づいて、UL信号(ULデータ信号、UL制御信号、UL参照信号、UCI、sTTIサポート情報を含む)を生成(例えば、符号化、レートマッチング、パンクチャ、変調など)して、マッピング部403に出力する。送信信号生成部402は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明される信号生成器、信号生成回路又は信号生成装置とすることができる。 The transmission signal generation unit 402 generates a UL signal (including UL data signal, UL control signal, UL reference signal, UCI, sTTI support information) based on an instruction from the control unit 401 (for example, encoding, rate matching) , Puncture, modulation, etc.) and output to the mapping unit 403. The transmission signal generation unit 402 may be a signal generator, a signal generation circuit, or a signal generation device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
 マッピング部403は、制御部401からの指示に基づいて、送信信号生成部402で生成されたUL信号を無線リソースにマッピングして、送受信部203へ出力する。マッピング部403は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるマッパー、マッピング回路又はマッピング装置とすることができる。 The mapping unit 403 maps the UL signal generated by the transmission signal generation unit 402 to a radio resource based on an instruction from the control unit 401, and outputs it to the transmission / reception unit 203. The mapping unit 403 may be a mapper, a mapping circuit, or a mapping device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
 受信信号処理部404は、DL信号(DLデータ信号、スケジューリング情報、DL制御信号、DL参照信号、sTTI設定情報)に対して、受信処理(例えば、デマッピング、復調、復号など)を行う。受信信号処理部404は、無線基地局10から受信した情報を、制御部401に出力する。受信信号処理部404は、例えば、報知情報、システム情報、RRCシグナリングなどの上位レイヤシグナリングによる上位レイヤ制御情報、物理レイヤ制御情報(L1/L2制御情報)などを、制御部401に出力する。 The reception signal processing unit 404 performs reception processing (for example, demapping, demodulation, decoding, etc.) on the DL signal (DL data signal, scheduling information, DL control signal, DL reference signal, sTTI setting information). The reception signal processing unit 404 outputs information received from the radio base station 10 to the control unit 401. The reception signal processing unit 404 outputs, for example, broadcast information, system information, higher layer control information by higher layer signaling such as RRC signaling, physical layer control information (L1 / L2 control information), and the like to the control unit 401.
 受信信号処理部404は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明される信号処理器、信号処理回路又は信号処理装置から構成することができる。また、受信信号処理部404は、本発明に係る受信部を構成することができる。 The received signal processing unit 404 can be configured by a signal processor, a signal processing circuit, or a signal processing device described based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention. Further, the reception signal processing unit 404 can constitute a reception unit according to the present invention.
 測定部405は、無線基地局10からの参照信号(例えば、CSI-RS)に基づいて、チャネル状態を測定し、測定結果を制御部401に出力する。なお、チャネル状態の測定は、CC毎に行われてもよい。 The measurement unit 405 measures the channel state based on a reference signal (for example, CSI-RS) from the radio base station 10 and outputs the measurement result to the control unit 401. Note that the channel state measurement may be performed for each CC.
 測定部405は、本発明に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明される信号処理器、信号処理回路又は信号処理装置、並びに、測定器、測定回路又は測定装置から構成することができる。 The measuring unit 405 can be composed of a signal processor, a signal processing circuit or a signal processing device, and a measuring device, a measurement circuit or a measuring device which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present invention.
<ハードウェア構成>
 なお、上記実施形態の説明に用いたブロック図は、機能単位のブロックを示している。これらの機能ブロック(構成部)は、ハードウェア及び/又はソフトウェアの任意の組み合わせによって実現される。また、各機能ブロックの実現手段は特に限定されない。すなわち、各機能ブロックは、物理的及び/又は論理的に結合した1つの装置により実現されてもよいし、物理的及び/又は論理的に分離した2つ以上の装置を直接的及び/又は間接的に(例えば、有線及び/又は無線)で接続し、これら複数の装置により実現されてもよい。
<Hardware configuration>
In addition, the block diagram used for description of the said embodiment has shown the block of the functional unit. These functional blocks (components) are realized by any combination of hardware and / or software. Further, the means for realizing each functional block is not particularly limited. That is, each functional block may be realized by one device physically and / or logically coupled, and two or more devices physically and / or logically separated may be directly and / or indirectly. (For example, wired and / or wireless) and may be realized by these plural devices.
 例えば、本実施の形態における無線基地局、ユーザ端末などは、本発明の無線通信方法の処理を行うコンピュータとして機能してもよい。図18は、本実施の形態に係る無線基地局及びユーザ端末のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。上述の無線基地局10及びユーザ端末20は、物理的には、プロセッサ1001、メモリ1002、ストレージ1003、通信装置1004、入力装置1005、出力装置1006、バス1007などを含むコンピュータ装置として構成されてもよい。 For example, the radio base station, user terminal, and the like in this embodiment may function as a computer that performs processing of the radio communication method of the present invention. FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an example of the hardware configuration of the radio base station and the user terminal according to the present embodiment. The wireless base station 10 and the user terminal 20 described above may be physically configured as a computer device including a processor 1001, a memory 1002, a storage 1003, a communication device 1004, an input device 1005, an output device 1006, a bus 1007, and the like. Good.
 なお、以下の説明では、「装置」という文言は、回路、デバイス、ユニットなどに読み替えることができる。無線基地局10及びユーザ端末20のハードウェア構成は、図に示した各装置を1つ又は複数含むように構成されてもよいし、一部の装置を含まずに構成されてもよい。 In the following description, the term “apparatus” can be read as a circuit, a device, a unit, or the like. The hardware configurations of the radio base station 10 and the user terminal 20 may be configured to include one or a plurality of each device illustrated in the figure, or may be configured not to include some devices.
 例えば、プロセッサ1001は1つだけ図示されているが、複数のプロセッサがあってもよい。また、処理は、1のプロセッサで実行されてもよいし、処理が同時に、逐次に、又はその他の手法で、1以上のプロセッサで実行されてもよい。なお、プロセッサ1001は、1以上のチップで実装されてもよい。 For example, although only one processor 1001 is shown, there may be a plurality of processors. Further, the processing may be executed by one processor, or the processing may be executed by one or more processors simultaneously, sequentially, or in another manner. Note that the processor 1001 may be implemented by one or more chips.
 無線基地局10及びユーザ端末20における各機能は、例えば、プロセッサ1001、メモリ1002などのハードウェア上に所定のソフトウェア(プログラム)を読み込ませることで、プロセッサ1001が演算を行い、通信装置1004による通信や、メモリ1002及びストレージ1003におけるデータの読み出し及び/又は書き込みを制御することで実現される。 For example, each function in the radio base station 10 and the user terminal 20 reads predetermined software (program) on hardware such as the processor 1001 and the memory 1002, so that the processor 1001 performs computation and communication by the communication device 1004. Alternatively, it is realized by controlling data reading and / or writing in the memory 1002 and the storage 1003.
 プロセッサ1001は、例えば、オペレーティングシステムを動作させてコンピュータ全体を制御する。プロセッサ1001は、周辺装置とのインターフェース、制御装置、演算装置、レジスタなどを含む中央処理装置(CPU:Central Processing Unit)で構成されてもよい。例えば、上述のベースバンド信号処理部104(204)、呼処理部105などは、プロセッサ1001で実現されてもよい。 The processor 1001 controls the entire computer by operating an operating system, for example. The processor 1001 may be configured by a central processing unit (CPU) including an interface with peripheral devices, a control device, an arithmetic device, a register, and the like. For example, the baseband signal processing unit 104 (204) and the call processing unit 105 described above may be realized by the processor 1001.
 また、プロセッサ1001は、プログラム(プログラムコード)、ソフトウェアモジュール、データなどを、ストレージ1003及び/又は通信装置1004からメモリ1002に読み出し、これらに従って各種の処理を実行する。プログラムとしては、上述の実施形態で説明した動作の少なくとも一部をコンピュータに実行させるプログラムが用いられる。例えば、ユーザ端末20の制御部401は、メモリ1002に格納され、プロセッサ1001で動作する制御プログラムによって実現されてもよく、他の機能ブロックについても同様に実現されてもよい。 Further, the processor 1001 reads programs (program codes), software modules, data, and the like from the storage 1003 and / or the communication device 1004 to the memory 1002, and executes various processes according to these. As the program, a program that causes a computer to execute at least a part of the operations described in the above embodiments is used. For example, the control unit 401 of the user terminal 20 may be realized by a control program stored in the memory 1002 and operated by the processor 1001, and may be realized similarly for other functional blocks.
 メモリ1002は、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であり、例えば、ROM(Read Only Memory)、EPROM(Erasable Programmable ROM)、EEPROM(Electrically EPROM)、RAM(Random Access Memory)、その他の適切な記憶媒体の少なくとも1つで構成されてもよい。メモリ1002は、レジスタ、キャッシュ、メインメモリ(主記憶装置)などと呼ばれてもよい。メモリ1002は、本発明の一実施形態に係る無線通信方法を実施するために実行可能なプログラム(プログラムコード)、ソフトウェアモジュールなどを保存することができる。 The memory 1002 is a computer-readable recording medium such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), an EPROM (Erasable Programmable ROM), an EEPROM (Electrically EPROM), a RAM (Random Access Memory), or any other suitable storage medium. It may be configured by one. The memory 1002 may be called a register, a cache, a main memory (main storage device), or the like. The memory 1002 can store programs (program codes), software modules, and the like that can be executed to implement the wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
 ストレージ1003は、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であり、例えば、フレキシブルディスク、フロッピー(登録商標)ディスク、光磁気ディスク(例えば、コンパクトディスク(CD-ROM(Compact Disc ROM)など)、デジタル多用途ディスク、Blu-ray(登録商標)ディスク)、リムーバブルディスク、ハードディスクドライブ、スマートカード、フラッシュメモリデバイス(例えば、カード、スティック、キードライブ)、磁気ストライプ、データベース、サーバ、その他の適切な記憶媒体の少なくとも1つで構成されてもよい。ストレージ1003は、補助記憶装置と呼ばれてもよい。 The storage 1003 is a computer-readable recording medium such as a flexible disk, a floppy (registered trademark) disk, a magneto-optical disk (for example, a compact disk (CD-ROM (Compact Disc ROM)), a digital versatile disk, Blu-ray® disk), removable disk, hard disk drive, smart card, flash memory device (eg, card, stick, key drive), magnetic stripe, database, server, or other suitable storage medium It may be constituted by. The storage 1003 may be referred to as an auxiliary storage device.
 通信装置1004は、有線及び/又は無線ネットワークを介してコンピュータ間の通信を行うためのハードウェア(送受信デバイス)であり、例えばネットワークデバイス、ネットワークコントローラ、ネットワークカード、通信モジュールなどともいう。通信装置1004は、例えば周波数分割複信(FDD:Frequency Division Duplex)及び/又は時分割複信(TDD:Time Division Duplex)を実現するために、高周波スイッチ、デュプレクサ、フィルタ、周波数シンセサイザなどを含んで構成されてもよい。例えば、上述の送受信アンテナ101(201)、アンプ部102(202)、送受信部103(203)、伝送路インターフェース106などは、通信装置1004で実現されてもよい。 The communication device 1004 is hardware (transmission / reception device) for performing communication between computers via a wired and / or wireless network, and is also referred to as a network device, a network controller, a network card, a communication module, or the like. The communication device 1004 includes, for example, a high-frequency switch, a duplexer, a filter, a frequency synthesizer, etc., in order to realize frequency division duplex (FDD) and / or time division duplex (TDD). It may be configured. For example, the transmission / reception antenna 101 (201), the amplifier unit 102 (202), the transmission / reception unit 103 (203), the transmission path interface 106, and the like described above may be realized by the communication device 1004.
 入力装置1005は、外部からの入力を受け付ける入力デバイス(例えば、キーボード、マウス、マイクロフォン、スイッチ、ボタン、センサなど)である。出力装置1006は、外部への出力を実施する出力デバイス(例えば、ディスプレイ、スピーカー、LED(Light Emitting Diode)ランプなど)である。なお、入力装置1005及び出力装置1006は、一体となった構成(例えば、タッチパネル)であってもよい。 The input device 1005 is an input device (for example, a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, a switch, a button, a sensor, etc.) that accepts an input from the outside. The output device 1006 is an output device (for example, a display, a speaker, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp, etc.) that performs output to the outside. The input device 1005 and the output device 1006 may have an integrated configuration (for example, a touch panel).
 また、プロセッサ1001やメモリ1002などの各装置は、情報を通信するためのバス1007で接続される。バス1007は、単一のバスで構成されてもよいし、装置間で異なるバスで構成されてもよい。 Also, each device such as the processor 1001 and the memory 1002 is connected by a bus 1007 for communicating information. The bus 1007 may be configured with a single bus or may be configured with different buses between apparatuses.
 また、無線基地局10及びユーザ端末20は、マイクロプロセッサ、デジタル信号プロセッサ(DSP:Digital Signal Processor)、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit)、PLD(Programmable Logic Device)、FPGA(Field Programmable Gate Array)などのハードウェアを含んで構成されてもよく、当該ハードウェアにより、各機能ブロックの一部又は全てが実現されてもよい。例えば、プロセッサ1001は、これらのハードウェアの少なくとも1つで実装されてもよい。 The radio base station 10 and the user terminal 20 include a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), a PLD (Programmable Logic Device), an FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array), and the like. It may be configured including hardware, and a part or all of each functional block may be realized by the hardware. For example, the processor 1001 may be implemented by at least one of these hardware.
(変形例)
 なお、本明細書で説明した用語及び/又は本明細書の理解に必要な用語については、同一の又は類似する意味を有する用語と置き換えてもよい。例えば、チャネル及び/又はシンボルは信号(シグナリング)であってもよい。また、信号はメッセージであってもよい。参照信号は、RS(Reference Signal)と略称することもでき、適用される標準によってパイロット(Pilot)、パイロット信号などと呼ばれてもよい。また、コンポーネントキャリア(CC:Component Carrier)は、セル、周波数キャリア、キャリア周波数などと呼ばれてもよい。
(Modification)
Note that the terms described in this specification and / or terms necessary for understanding this specification may be replaced with terms having the same or similar meaning. For example, the channel and / or symbol may be a signal (signaling). The signal may be a message. The reference signal may be abbreviated as RS (Reference Signal), and may be referred to as a pilot, a pilot signal, or the like depending on an applied standard. Moreover, a component carrier (CC: Component Carrier) may be called a cell, a frequency carrier, a carrier frequency, etc.
 また、無線フレームは、時間領域において1つ又は複数の期間(フレーム)で構成されてもよい。無線フレームを構成する当該1つ又は複数の各期間(フレーム)は、サブフレームと呼ばれてもよい。さらに、サブフレームは、時間領域において1つ又は複数のスロットで構成されてもよい。さらに、スロットは、時間領域において1つ又は複数のシンボル(OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing)シンボル、SC-FDMA(Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access)シンボルなど)で構成されてもよい。 Also, the radio frame may be configured with one or a plurality of periods (frames) in the time domain. Each of the one or more periods (frames) constituting the radio frame may be referred to as a subframe. Further, a subframe may be composed of one or more slots in the time domain. Further, the slot may be configured with one or a plurality of symbols (OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbol, SC-FDMA (Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbol, etc.) in the time domain).
 無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット及びシンボルは、いずれも信号を伝送する際の時間単位を表す。無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット及びシンボルは、それぞれに対応する別の呼称が用いられてもよい。例えば、1サブフレームは送信時間間隔(TTI:Transmission Time Interval)と呼ばれてもよいし、複数の連続したサブフレームがTTIと呼ばれてよいし、1スロットがTTIと呼ばれてもよい。つまり、サブフレームやTTIは、既存のLTEにおけるサブフレーム(1ms)であってもよいし、1msより短い期間(例えば、1-13シンボル)であってもよいし、1msより長い期間であってもよい。 The radio frame, subframe, slot, and symbol all represent a time unit when transmitting a signal. Different names may be used for the radio frame, the subframe, the slot, and the symbol. For example, one subframe may be referred to as a transmission time interval (TTI), a plurality of consecutive subframes may be referred to as a TTI, and one slot may be referred to as a TTI. That is, the subframe or TTI may be a subframe (1 ms) in the existing LTE, a period shorter than 1 ms (for example, 1-13 symbols), or a period longer than 1 ms. Also good.
 ここで、TTIは、例えば、無線通信におけるスケジューリングの最小時間単位のことをいう。例えば、LTEシステムでは、無線基地局が各ユーザ端末に対して、無線リソース(各ユーザ端末において使用することが可能な周波数帯域幅や送信電力など)を、TTI単位で割り当てるスケジューリングを行う。なお、TTIの定義はこれに限られない。TTIは、チャネル符号化されたデータパケット(トランスポートブロック)の送信時間単位であってもよいし、スケジューリングやリンクアダプテーションなどの処理単位となってもよい。 Here, TTI means, for example, a minimum time unit for scheduling in wireless communication. For example, in the LTE system, a radio base station performs scheduling to allocate radio resources (frequency bandwidth, transmission power, etc. that can be used in each user terminal) to each user terminal in units of TTI. The definition of TTI is not limited to this. The TTI may be a transmission time unit of a channel-encoded data packet (transport block), or may be a processing unit such as scheduling or link adaptation.
 1msの時間長を有するTTIは、通常TTI(LTE Rel.8-12におけるTTI)、ノーマルTTI、ロングTTI、通常サブフレーム、ノーマルサブフレーム、又はロングサブフレームなどと呼ばれてもよい。通常TTIより短いTTIは、短縮TTI、ショートTTI、短縮サブフレーム、又はショートサブフレームなどと呼ばれてもよい。 A TTI having a time length of 1 ms may be called a normal TTI (TTI in LTE Rel. 8-12), a normal TTI, a long TTI, a normal subframe, a normal subframe, or a long subframe. A TTI shorter than a normal TTI may be called a shortened TTI, a short TTI, a shortened subframe, a short subframe, or the like.
 リソースブロック(RB:Resource Block)は、時間領域及び周波数領域のリソース割当単位であり、周波数領域において、1つ又は複数個の連続した副搬送波(サブキャリア(subcarrier))を含んでもよい。また、RBは、時間領域において、1つ又は複数個のシンボルを含んでもよく、1スロット、1サブフレーム又は1TTIの長さであってもよい。1TTI、1サブフレームは、それぞれ1つ又は複数のリソースブロックで構成されてもよい。なお、RBは、物理リソースブロック(PRB:Physical RB)、PRBペア、RBペアなどと呼ばれてもよい。 A resource block (RB) is a resource allocation unit in the time domain and the frequency domain, and may include one or a plurality of continuous subcarriers (subcarriers) in the frequency domain. Further, the RB may include one or a plurality of symbols in the time domain, and may have a length of one slot, one subframe, or 1 TTI. One TTI and one subframe may each be composed of one or a plurality of resource blocks. The RB may be called a physical resource block (PRB: Physical RB), a PRB pair, an RB pair, or the like.
 また、リソースブロックは、1つ又は複数のリソースエレメント(RE:Resource Element)で構成されてもよい。例えば、1REは、1サブキャリア及び1シンボルの無線リソース領域であってもよい。 Also, the resource block may be composed of one or a plurality of resource elements (RE: Resource Element). For example, 1RE may be a radio resource region of 1 subcarrier and 1 symbol.
 なお、上述した無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット及びシンボルなどの構造は例示に過ぎない。例えば、無線フレームに含まれるサブフレームの数、サブフレームに含まれるスロットの数、スロットに含まれるシンボル及びRBの数、RBに含まれるサブキャリアの数、並びにTTI内のシンボル数、シンボル長、サイクリックプレフィックス(CP:Cyclic Prefix)長などの構成は、様々に変更することができる。 Note that the structure of the above-described radio frame, subframe, slot, symbol, and the like is merely an example. For example, the number of subframes included in the radio frame, the number of slots included in the subframe, the number of symbols and RBs included in the slot, the number of subcarriers included in the RB, and the number of symbols in the TTI, the symbol length, The configuration such as the cyclic prefix (CP) length can be changed in various ways.
 また、本明細書で説明した情報、パラメータなどは、絶対値で表されてもよいし、所定の値からの相対値で表されてもよいし、対応する別の情報で表されてもよい。例えば、無線リソースは、所定のインデックスで指示されるものであってもよい。さらに、これらのパラメータを使用する数式などは、本明細書で明示的に開示したものと異なってもよい。 In addition, information, parameters, and the like described in this specification may be represented by absolute values, may be represented by relative values from a predetermined value, or may be represented by other corresponding information. . For example, the radio resource may be indicated by a predetermined index. Further, mathematical formulas and the like using these parameters may differ from those explicitly disclosed herein.
 本明細書においてパラメータなどに使用する名称は、いかなる点においても限定的なものではない。例えば、様々なチャネル(PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)など)及び情報要素は、あらゆる好適な名称によって識別できるので、これらの様々なチャネル及び情報要素に割り当てている様々な名称は、いかなる点においても限定的なものではない。 The names used for parameters and the like in this specification are not limited in any respect. For example, various channels (PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel), PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), etc.) and information elements can be identified by any suitable name, so the various channels and information elements assigned to them. The name is not limiting in any way.
 本明細書で説明した情報、信号などは、様々な異なる技術のいずれかを使用して表されてもよい。例えば、上記の説明全体に渡って言及され得るデータ、命令、コマンド、情報、信号、ビット、シンボル、チップなどは、電圧、電流、電磁波、磁界若しくは磁性粒子、光場若しくは光子、又はこれらの任意の組み合わせによって表されてもよい。 The information, signals, etc. described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies. For example, data, commands, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, chips, etc. that may be referred to throughout the above description are voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, light fields or photons, or any of these May be represented by a combination of
 また、情報、信号などは、上位レイヤから下位レイヤ、及び/又は下位レイヤから上位レイヤへ出力され得る。情報、信号などは、複数のネットワークノードを介して入出力されてもよい。 Also, information, signals, etc. can be output from the upper layer to the lower layer and / or from the lower layer to the upper layer. Information, signals, and the like may be input / output via a plurality of network nodes.
 入出力された情報、信号などは、特定の場所(例えば、メモリ)に保存されてもよいし、管理テーブルで管理してもよい。入出力される情報、信号などは、上書き、更新又は追記をされ得る。出力された情報、信号などは、削除されてもよい。入力された情報、信号などは、他の装置へ送信されてもよい。 The input / output information, signals, etc. may be stored in a specific location (for example, a memory), or may be managed by a management table. Input / output information, signals, and the like can be overwritten, updated, or added. The output information, signals, etc. may be deleted. Input information, signals, and the like may be transmitted to other devices.
 情報の通知は、本明細書で説明した態様/実施形態に限られず、他の方法で行われてもよい。例えば、情報の通知は、物理レイヤシグナリング(例えば、下り制御情報(DCI:Downlink Control Information)、上り制御情報(UCI:Uplink Control Information))、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRC(Radio Resource Control)シグナリング、ブロードキャスト情報(マスタ情報ブロック(MIB:Master Information Block)、システム情報ブロック(SIB:System Information Block)など)、MAC(Medium Access Control)シグナリング)、その他の信号又はこれらの組み合わせによって実施されてもよい。 The notification of information is not limited to the aspect / embodiment described in this specification, and may be performed by other methods. For example, information notification includes physical layer signaling (eg, downlink control information (DCI), uplink control information (UCI)), upper layer signaling (eg, RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling), It may be implemented by broadcast information (Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB), etc.), MAC (Medium Access Control) signaling), other signals, or a combination thereof.
 なお、物理レイヤシグナリングは、L1/L2(Layer 1/Layer 2)制御情報(L1/L2制御信号)、L1制御情報(L1制御信号)などと呼ばれてもよい。また、RRCシグナリングは、RRCメッセージと呼ばれてもよく、例えば、RRC接続セットアップ(RRCConnectionSetup)メッセージ、RRC接続再構成(RRCConnectionReconfiguration)メッセージなどであってもよい。また、MACシグナリングは、例えば、MAC制御要素(MAC CE(Control Element))で通知されてもよい。 The physical layer signaling may be referred to as L1 / L2 (Layer 1 / Layer 2) control information (L1 / L2 control signal), L1 control information (L1 control signal), or the like. Further, the RRC signaling may be referred to as an RRC message, and may be, for example, an RRC connection setup (RRCConnectionSetup) message, an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRCConnectionReconfiguration) message, or the like. The MAC signaling may be notified by, for example, a MAC control element (MAC CE (Control Element)).
 また、所定の情報の通知(例えば、「Xであること」の通知)は、明示的に行うものに限られず、暗示的に(例えば、当該所定の情報の通知を行わないことによって又は別の情報の通知によって)行われてもよい。 In addition, notification of predetermined information (for example, notification of “being X”) is not limited to explicitly performed, but implicitly (for example, by not performing notification of the predetermined information or another (By notification of information).
 判定は、1ビットで表される値(0か1か)によって行われてもよいし、真(true)又は偽(false)で表される真偽値(boolean)によって行われてもよいし、数値の比較(例えば、所定の値との比較)によって行われてもよい。 The determination may be performed by a value represented by 1 bit (0 or 1), or may be performed by a boolean value represented by true or false. The comparison may be performed by numerical comparison (for example, comparison with a predetermined value).
 ソフトウェアは、ソフトウェア、ファームウェア、ミドルウェア、マイクロコード、ハードウェア記述言語と呼ばれるか、他の名称で呼ばれるかを問わず、命令、命令セット、コード、コードセグメント、プログラムコード、プログラム、サブプログラム、ソフトウェアモジュール、アプリケーション、ソフトウェアアプリケーション、ソフトウェアパッケージ、ルーチン、サブルーチン、オブジェクト、実行可能ファイル、実行スレッド、手順、機能などを意味するよう広く解釈されるべきである。 Software, whether it is called software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description language, or other names, instructions, instruction sets, codes, code segments, program codes, programs, subprograms, software modules , Applications, software applications, software packages, routines, subroutines, objects, executable files, execution threads, procedures, functions, etc. should be interpreted broadly.
 また、ソフトウェア、命令、情報などは、伝送媒体を介して送受信されてもよい。例えば、ソフトウェアが、有線技術(同軸ケーブル、光ファイバケーブル、ツイストペア、デジタル加入者回線(DSL:Digital Subscriber Line)など)及び/又は無線技術(赤外線、マイクロ波など)を使用してウェブサイト、サーバ、又は他のリモートソースから送信される場合、これらの有線技術及び/又は無線技術は、伝送媒体の定義内に含まれる。 Also, software, instructions, information, etc. may be transmitted / received via a transmission medium. For example, software can use websites, servers using wired technology (coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), etc.) and / or wireless technology (infrared, microwave, etc.) , Or other remote sources, these wired and / or wireless technologies are included within the definition of transmission media.
 本明細書で使用する「システム」及び「ネットワーク」という用語は、互換的に使用される。 The terms “system” and “network” used in this specification are used interchangeably.
 本明細書では、「基地局(BS:Base Station)」、「無線基地局」、「eNB」、「セル」、「セクタ」、「セルグループ」、「キャリア」及び「コンポーネントキャリア」という用語は、互換的に使用され得る。基地局は、固定局(fixed station)、NodeB、eNodeB(eNB)、アクセスポイント(access point)、送信ポイント、受信ポイント、フェムトセル、スモールセルなどの用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 In this specification, the terms “base station (BS)”, “radio base station”, “eNB”, “cell”, “sector”, “cell group”, “carrier” and “component carrier” Can be used interchangeably. A base station may also be called in terms such as a fixed station, NodeB, eNodeB (eNB), access point, transmission point, reception point, femtocell, and small cell.
 基地局は、1つ又は複数(例えば、3つ)のセル(セクタとも呼ばれる)を収容することができる。基地局が複数のセルを収容する場合、基地局のカバレッジエリア全体は複数のより小さいエリアに区分でき、各々のより小さいエリアは、基地局サブシステム(例えば、屋内用の小型基地局(RRH:Remote Radio Head)によって通信サービスを提供することもできる。「セル」又は「セクタ」という用語は、このカバレッジにおいて通信サービスを行う基地局及び/又は基地局サブシステムのカバレッジエリアの一部又は全体を指す。 The base station can accommodate one or a plurality of (for example, three) cells (also called sectors). If the base station accommodates multiple cells, the entire coverage area of the base station can be partitioned into multiple smaller areas, each smaller area being a base station subsystem (eg, an indoor small base station (RRH: The term “cell” or “sector” refers to part or all of the coverage area of a base station and / or base station subsystem that provides communication service in this coverage. Point to.
 本明細書では、「移動局(MS:Mobile Station)」、「ユーザ端末(user terminal)」、「ユーザ装置(UE:User Equipment)」及び「端末」という用語は、互換的に使用され得る。基地局は、固定局(fixed station)、NodeB、eNodeB(eNB)、アクセスポイント(access point)、送信ポイント、受信ポイント、フェムトセル、スモールセルなどの用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 In this specification, the terms “mobile station (MS)”, “user terminal”, “user equipment (UE)”, and “terminal” may be used interchangeably. A base station may also be called in terms such as a fixed station, NodeB, eNodeB (eNB), access point, transmission point, reception point, femtocell, and small cell.
 移動局は、当業者によって、加入者局、モバイルユニット、加入者ユニット、ワイヤレスユニット、リモートユニット、モバイルデバイス、ワイヤレスデバイス、ワイヤレス通信デバイス、リモートデバイス、モバイル加入者局、アクセス端末、モバイル端末、ワイヤレス端末、リモート端末、ハンドセット、ユーザエージェント、モバイルクライアント、クライアント又はいくつかの他の適切な用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 A mobile station is defined by those skilled in the art as a subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless It may also be called terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable terminology.
 また、本明細書における無線基地局は、ユーザ端末で読み替えてもよい。例えば、無線基地局及びユーザ端末間の通信を、複数のユーザ端末間(D2D:Device-to-Device)の通信に置き換えた構成について、本発明の各態様/実施形態を適用してもよい。この場合、上述の無線基地局10が有する機能をユーザ端末20が有する構成としてもよい。また、「上り」や「下り」などの文言は、「サイド」と読み替えられてもよい。例えば、上りチャネルは、サイドチャネルと読み替えられてもよい。 Also, the radio base station in this specification may be read by the user terminal. For example, each aspect / embodiment of the present invention may be applied to a configuration in which communication between a radio base station and a user terminal is replaced with communication between a plurality of user terminals (D2D: Device-to-Device). In this case, the user terminal 20 may have a function that the wireless base station 10 has. In addition, words such as “up” and “down” may be read as “side”. For example, the uplink channel may be read as a side channel.
 同様に、本明細書におけるユーザ端末は、無線基地局で読み替えてもよい。この場合、上述のユーザ端末20が有する機能を無線基地局10が有する構成としてもよい。 Similarly, a user terminal in this specification may be read by a radio base station. In this case, the wireless base station 10 may have a function that the user terminal 20 has.
 本明細書において、基地局によって行われるとした特定動作は、場合によってはその上位ノード(upper node)によって行われることもある。基地局を有する1つ又は複数のネットワークノード(network nodes)から成るネットワークにおいて、端末との通信のために行われる様々な動作は、基地局、基地局以外の1つ以上のネットワークノード(例えば、MME(Mobility Management Entity)、S-GW(Serving-Gateway)などが考えられるが、これらに限られない)又はこれらの組み合わせによって行われ得ることは明らかである。 In this specification, the specific operation assumed to be performed by the base station may be performed by the upper node in some cases. In a network composed of one or more network nodes having a base station, various operations performed for communication with a terminal may be performed by one or more network nodes other than the base station and the base station (for example, It is obvious that this can be done by MME (Mobility Management Entity), S-GW (Serving-Gateway), etc., but not limited thereto) or a combination thereof.
 本明細書で説明した各態様/実施形態は単独で用いてもよいし、組み合わせて用いてもよいし、実行に伴って切り替えて用いてもよい。また、本明細書で説明した各態様/実施形態の処理手順、シーケンス、フローチャートなどは、矛盾の無い限り、順序を入れ替えてもよい。例えば、本明細書で説明した方法については、例示的な順序で様々なステップの要素を提示しており、提示した特定の順序に限定されない。 Each aspect / embodiment described in this specification may be used alone, in combination, or may be switched according to execution. In addition, the order of the processing procedures, sequences, flowcharts, and the like of each aspect / embodiment described in this specification may be changed as long as there is no contradiction. For example, the methods described herein present the elements of the various steps in an exemplary order and are not limited to the specific order presented.
 本明細書で説明した各態様/実施形態は、LTE(Long Term Evolution)、LTE-A(LTE-Advanced)、LTE-B(LTE-Beyond)、SUPER 3G、IMT-Advanced、4G(4th generation mobile communication system)、5G(5th generation mobile communication system)、FRA(Future Radio Access)、New-RAT(Radio Access Technology)、NR(New Radio)、NX(New radio access)、FX(Future generation radio access)、GSM(登録商標)(Global System for Mobile communications)、CDMA2000、UMB(Ultra Mobile Broadband)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi(登録商標))、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX(登録商標))、IEEE 802.20、UWB(Ultra-WideBand)、Bluetooth(登録商標)、その他の適切な無線通信方法を利用するシステム及び/又はこれらに基づいて拡張された次世代システムに適用されてもよい。 Each aspect / embodiment described herein includes LTE (Long Term Evolution), LTE-A (LTE-Advanced), LTE-B (LTE-Beyond), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, 4G (4th generation mobile). communication system), 5G (5th generation mobile communication system), FRA (Future Radio Access), New-RAT (Radio Access Technology), NR (New Radio), NX (New radio access), FX (Future generation radio access), GSM (registered trademark) (Global System for Mobile communications), CDMA2000, UMB (Ultra Mobile Broadband), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802 .20, UWB (Ultra-WideBand), Bluetooth (registered trademark), The present invention may be applied to a system using other appropriate wireless communication methods and / or a next generation system extended based on these.
 本明細書で使用する「に基づいて」という記載は、別段に明記されていない限り、「のみに基づいて」を意味しない。言い換えれば、「に基づいて」という記載は、「のみに基づいて」と「に少なくとも基づいて」の両方を意味する。 As used herein, the phrase “based on” does not mean “based only on”, unless expressly specified otherwise. In other words, the phrase “based on” means both “based only on” and “based at least on.”
 本明細書で使用する「第1の」、「第2の」などの呼称を使用した要素へのいかなる参照も、それらの要素の量又は順序を全般的に限定するものではない。これらの呼称は、2つ以上の要素間を区別する便利な方法として本明細書で使用され得る。したがって、第1及び第2の要素の参照は、2つの要素のみが採用され得ること又は何らかの形で第1の要素が第2の要素に先行しなければならないことを意味しない。 Any reference to elements using designations such as “first”, “second”, etc. as used herein does not generally limit the amount or order of those elements. These designations can be used herein as a convenient way to distinguish between two or more elements. Thus, reference to the first and second elements does not mean that only two elements can be employed or that the first element must precede the second element in some way.
 本明細書で使用する「判断(決定)(determining)」という用語は、多種多様な動作を包含する場合がある。例えば、「判断(決定)」は、計算(calculating)、算出(computing)、処理(processing)、導出(deriving)、調査(investigating)、探索(looking up)(例えば、テーブル、データベースまたは別のデータ構造での探索)、確認(ascertaining)などを「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。また、「判断(決定)」は、受信(receiving)(例えば、情報を受信すること)、送信(transmitting)(例えば、情報を送信すること)、入力(input)、出力(output)、アクセス(accessing)(例えば、メモリ中のデータにアクセスすること)などを「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。また、「判断(決定)」は、解決(resolving)、選択(selecting)、選定(choosing)、確立(establishing)、比較(comparing)などを「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。つまり、「判断(決定)」は、何らかの動作を「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。 As used herein, the term “determining” may encompass a wide variety of actions. For example, “determination” means calculating, computing, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up (eg, table, database or other data). It may be considered to “judge” (search in structure), ascertaining, etc. In addition, “determination (decision)” includes receiving (for example, receiving information), transmitting (for example, transmitting information), input (input), output (output), access ( accessing) (e.g., accessing data in memory), etc. may be considered to be "determining". Also, “determination” is considered to be “determination (resolving)”, “selecting”, “choosing”, “establishing”, “comparing”, etc. Also good. That is, “determination (determination)” may be regarded as “determination (determination)” of some operation.
 本明細書で使用する「接続された(connected)」、「結合された(coupled)」という用語、又はこれらのあらゆる変形は、2又はそれ以上の要素間の直接的又は間接的なあらゆる接続又は結合を意味し、互いに「接続」又は「結合」された2つの要素間に1又はそれ以上の中間要素が存在することを含むことができる。要素間の結合又は接続は、物理的なものであっても、論理的なものであっても、或いはこれらの組み合わせであってもよい。本明細書で使用する場合、2つの要素は、1又はそれ以上の電線、ケーブル及び/又はプリント電気接続を使用することにより、並びにいくつかの非限定的かつ非包括的な例として、無線周波数領域、マイクロ波領域及び光(可視及び不可視の両方)領域の波長を有する電磁エネルギーなどの電磁エネルギーを使用することにより、互いに「接続」又は「結合」されると考えることができる。 As used herein, the terms “connected”, “coupled”, or any variation thereof, refers to any direct or indirect connection between two or more elements or By coupling, it can include the presence of one or more intermediate elements between two elements that are “connected” or “coupled” to each other. The coupling or connection between the elements may be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. As used herein, the two elements are radio frequency by using one or more wires, cables and / or printed electrical connections, and as some non-limiting and non-inclusive examples By using electromagnetic energy, such as electromagnetic energy having a wavelength in the region, microwave region, and light (both visible and invisible) region, it can be considered to be “connected” or “coupled” to each other.
 本明細書又は特許請求の範囲で「含む(including)」、「含んでいる(comprising)」、及びそれらの変形が使用されている場合、これらの用語は、用語「備える」と同様に、包括的であることが意図される。さらに、本明細書あるいは特許請求の範囲において使用されている用語「又は(or)」は、排他的論理和ではないことが意図される。 Where the term “including”, “comprising”, and variations thereof are used herein or in the claims, these terms are inclusive, as are the terms “comprising”. Intended to be Further, the term “or” as used herein or in the claims is not intended to be an exclusive OR.
 以上、本発明について詳細に説明したが、当業者にとっては、本発明が本明細書中に説明した実施形態に限定されるものではないということは明らかである。本発明は、特許請求の範囲の記載により定まる本発明の趣旨及び範囲を逸脱することなく修正及び変更態様として実施することができる。したがって、本明細書の記載は、例示説明を目的とするものであり、本発明に対して何ら制限的な意味を有するものではない。 Although the present invention has been described in detail above, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described herein. The present invention can be implemented as modified and changed modes without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention defined by the description of the scope of claims. Therefore, the description of the present specification is for illustrative purposes and does not have any limiting meaning to the present invention.
 本出願は、2016年7月12日出願の特願2016-137919に基づく。この内容は、全てここに含めておく。 This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-137919 filed on July 12, 2016. All this content is included here.

Claims (7)

  1.  下りリンク(DL)共有チャネルを受信する受信部と、
     前記DL共有チャネルの再送制御情報を含む上りリンク制御情報(UCI)を送信する送信部と、
     前記DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアと伝送時間間隔(TTI)の時間長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上の上りリンク(UL)キャリアにおけるUL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、前記UCIの送信を制御する制御部と、
    を具備することを特徴とするユーザ端末。
    A receiver for receiving a downlink (DL) shared channel;
    A transmitter for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) including retransmission control information of the DL shared channel;
    The transmission of the UCI is controlled based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in one or more uplink (UL) carriers whose transmission time interval (TTI) is the same and / or different in length from the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel. A control unit,
    A user terminal comprising:
  2.  前記制御部は、前記時間長が同一である一以上のULキャリアと、前記ULキャリアと該時間長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上のDLキャリアとを含むグループを設定し、
     前記DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアと同一のグループ内で、前記UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のユーザ端末。
    The control unit sets a group including one or more UL carriers having the same time length, and one or more DL carriers having the same time length and / or different from the UL carrier,
    The user terminal according to claim 1, wherein a UL carrier that transmits the UCI is determined within the same group as a DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel.
  3.  前記制御部は、前記UL共有チャネルが割り当てられる前記ULキャリアの前記時間長に基づいて、前記UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のユーザ端末。 The user terminal according to claim 1, wherein the control unit determines a UL carrier that transmits the UCI based on the time length of the UL carrier to which the UL shared channel is allocated.
  4.  前記制御部は、前記UL共有チャネルを割り当てるULグラントに含まれる指示情報に基づいて、前記UCIを送信するULキャリアを決定することを特徴とする請求項1に記載のユーザ端末。 The user terminal according to claim 1, wherein the control unit determines a UL carrier that transmits the UCI based on instruction information included in a UL grant to which the UL shared channel is allocated.
  5.  前記制御部は、前記DLキャリアと前記ULキャリアとの前記時間長とが異なる場合、前記DL共有チャネルを受信する第1のTTIから所定期間以後の最も早いULキャリアの第2のTTIにおける、前記UL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、前記UCIの送信を制御することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項4のいずれかに記載のユーザ端末。 In the second TTI of the earliest UL carrier after a predetermined period from the first TTI that receives the DL shared channel when the DL carrier and the UL carrier have different time lengths, The user terminal according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein transmission of the UCI is controlled based on assignment of a UL shared channel.
  6.  前記UL共有チャネルを割り当てるULグラントを受信するDLキャリアと前記ULキャリアとの前記時間長とが異なる場合、前記ULグラントを受信する第3のTTIに対応するULキャリアの第4のTTIから所定期間以後の第5のTTIにおいて、前記UL共有チャネルが割り当てられることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5のいずれかに記載のユーザ端末。 When the time length of the DL carrier that receives the UL grant to which the UL shared channel is allocated is different from the time length of the UL carrier, a predetermined period from the fourth TTI of the UL carrier corresponding to the third TTI that receives the UL grant The user terminal according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the UL shared channel is allocated in a subsequent fifth TTI.
  7.  ユーザ端末において、下りリンク(DL)共有チャネルを受信する工程と、
     前記ユーザ端末において、前記DL共有チャネルの再送制御情報を含む上りリンク制御情報(UCI)を送信する工程と、
     前記ユーザ端末において、前記DL共有チャネルを受信するDLキャリアと伝送時間間隔(TTI)の時間長が同一及び/又は異なる一以上の上りリンク(UL)キャリアにおけるUL共有チャネルの割り当てに基づいて、前記UCIの送信を制御する工程と、
    を有することを特徴とする無線通信方法。
    Receiving a downlink (DL) shared channel at a user terminal;
    In the user terminal, transmitting uplink control information (UCI) including retransmission control information of the DL shared channel;
    In the user terminal, based on the allocation of the UL shared channel in one or more uplink (UL) carriers having the same and / or different time length of the transmission time interval (TTI) from the DL carrier that receives the DL shared channel, Controlling the transmission of UCI;
    A wireless communication method comprising:
PCT/JP2017/025129 2016-07-12 2017-07-10 User terminal and wireless communications method WO2018012456A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018527595A JP7013373B2 (en) 2016-07-12 2017-07-10 Terminals, wireless communication methods and systems
CN201780054073.0A CN109661847B (en) 2016-07-12 2017-07-10 Terminal, wireless communication method and system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016137919 2016-07-12
JP2016-137919 2016-07-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018012456A1 true WO2018012456A1 (en) 2018-01-18

Family

ID=60952514

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/025129 WO2018012456A1 (en) 2016-07-12 2017-07-10 User terminal and wireless communications method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7013373B2 (en)
CN (1) CN109661847B (en)
WO (1) WO2018012456A1 (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111699734A (en) * 2018-02-09 2020-09-22 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111788806A (en) * 2018-02-13 2020-10-16 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111801978A (en) * 2018-02-28 2020-10-20 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111819896A (en) * 2018-01-19 2020-10-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111971993A (en) * 2018-02-15 2020-11-20 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112189327A (en) * 2018-05-23 2021-01-05 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112219433A (en) * 2018-04-05 2021-01-12 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112314012A (en) * 2018-04-18 2021-02-02 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112335283A (en) * 2018-05-10 2021-02-05 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112369097A (en) * 2018-07-03 2021-02-12 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Unified uplink control information for uplink transmission with configuration grant
CN112385283A (en) * 2018-05-07 2021-02-19 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112425229A (en) * 2018-05-21 2021-02-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal
CN112425237A (en) * 2018-05-22 2021-02-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112425200A (en) * 2018-05-18 2021-02-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and radio base station
CN112889251A (en) * 2018-08-20 2021-06-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113170429A (en) * 2018-09-25 2021-07-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal
CN113316960A (en) * 2018-11-22 2021-08-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113632509A (en) * 2019-04-02 2021-11-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User device
CN113632401A (en) * 2019-02-14 2021-11-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113826439A (en) * 2019-03-15 2021-12-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113826428A (en) * 2019-03-14 2021-12-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
US11395299B2 (en) * 2017-11-09 2022-07-19 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Channel state information reports per bandwidth part of a cell

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021191982A1 (en) * 2020-03-23 2021-09-30 株式会社Nttドコモ Terminal

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101883391B (en) * 2010-06-24 2016-01-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Uplink control signaling feedback processing method and system
HUE061949T2 (en) * 2010-12-03 2023-09-28 Interdigital Patent Holdings Inc Method and apparatus for performing multi-radio access technology carrier aggregation
WO2012122170A1 (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-13 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for sending uplink control information for multi-radio access technology operation
WO2013157869A1 (en) * 2012-04-18 2013-10-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Physical design aspects of sPUSCH", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 #85 RL-165296, 27 May 2016 (2016-05-27), XP051096740 *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Short TTI for UL transmissions", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #84BIS RL-162115, 15 April 2016 (2016-04-15), XP051079962 *
LG ELECTRONICS: "Discussion on sPUSCH design with TTI shortening", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #85 RL-164544, 27 May 2016 (2016-05-27), XP051096392 *
ZTE: "Processing time reduction and related procedures", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #84BIS RL-162408, 15 April 2016 (2016-04-15), XP051080181 *

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11395299B2 (en) * 2017-11-09 2022-07-19 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Channel state information reports per bandwidth part of a cell
CN111819896A (en) * 2018-01-19 2020-10-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111819896B (en) * 2018-01-19 2024-04-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Terminal, base station, system and wireless communication method
CN111699734A (en) * 2018-02-09 2020-09-22 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111788806A (en) * 2018-02-13 2020-10-16 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111788806B (en) * 2018-02-13 2024-03-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111971993A (en) * 2018-02-15 2020-11-20 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111971993B (en) * 2018-02-15 2024-05-17 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111801978B (en) * 2018-02-28 2024-05-14 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN111801978A (en) * 2018-02-28 2020-10-20 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112219433A (en) * 2018-04-05 2021-01-12 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112219433B (en) * 2018-04-05 2024-05-14 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Terminal, wireless communication method, base station and system
CN112314012A (en) * 2018-04-18 2021-02-02 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112314012B (en) * 2018-04-18 2024-01-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Terminal, base station, system and wireless communication method
CN112385283A (en) * 2018-05-07 2021-02-19 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112335283A (en) * 2018-05-10 2021-02-05 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112425200A (en) * 2018-05-18 2021-02-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and radio base station
CN112425200B (en) * 2018-05-18 2024-04-02 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and radio base station
CN112425229A (en) * 2018-05-21 2021-02-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal
CN112425237A (en) * 2018-05-22 2021-02-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112189327A (en) * 2018-05-23 2021-01-05 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112369097A (en) * 2018-07-03 2021-02-12 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Unified uplink control information for uplink transmission with configuration grant
CN112889251A (en) * 2018-08-20 2021-06-01 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN112889251B (en) * 2018-08-20 2024-04-02 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113170429A (en) * 2018-09-25 2021-07-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal
CN113316960B (en) * 2018-11-22 2024-03-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113316960A (en) * 2018-11-22 2021-08-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113632401B (en) * 2019-02-14 2024-02-02 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113632401A (en) * 2019-02-14 2021-11-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113826428A (en) * 2019-03-14 2021-12-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113826439A (en) * 2019-03-15 2021-12-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal and wireless communication method
CN113632509A (en) * 2019-04-02 2021-11-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109661847A (en) 2019-04-19
CN109661847B (en) 2023-05-16
JP7013373B2 (en) 2022-01-31
JPWO2018012456A1 (en) 2019-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7013373B2 (en) Terminals, wireless communication methods and systems
JP6325597B2 (en) User terminal, radio base station, and radio communication method
JP7074766B2 (en) Terminals, wireless communication methods and systems
WO2018084137A1 (en) User terminal and radio communications method
JP7022695B2 (en) Terminals, wireless communication methods, base stations and systems
WO2018025949A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2018030416A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
JP7107845B2 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method and wireless communication system
JP7181672B2 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, base station and system
JP7074667B2 (en) Terminals, wireless communication methods, base stations and systems
WO2018056338A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
JP6802296B2 (en) Terminals, wireless communication methods and base stations
WO2018203408A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2017217456A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2018021203A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2018047887A1 (en) User terminal and radio communication method
WO2018207369A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
JPWO2018143396A1 (en) User terminal, radio base station, and radio communication method
WO2018012549A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communications method
JPWO2018128183A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2018110619A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2018043559A1 (en) User equipment and wireless communication method
WO2018203399A1 (en) User terminal, and wireless communication method
JPWO2017195849A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method
WO2018062461A1 (en) User terminal and wireless communication method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17827583

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018527595

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17827583

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1